Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
PRODUCTS
PASSION TO PERFORM
A WORLDWIDE LEADER IN THE FIELD
OF HYDRAULIC FILTRATION EQUIPMENT.
1
MARKET LEADER
Our work is based on a skillful interaction between advanced
technology and fine workmanship, customizing products
according to specific market requests, focusing strongly
on innovation and quality, and following every step in
the manufacturing of both standard and special products,
fully respecting customer expectations.
Introduction 2
WORLDWIDE PRESENCE
Our foreign Branches enable us to offer a diversified
range of products that allow us to successfully face
the aggressive challenge of international competition,
and also to maintain a stable presence at a local level.
INDIA
3 Introduction
TECHNOLOGY
Introduction 4
AND PRODUCTION
5 Introduction
SUCTION RETURN RETURN / SPIN-ON LOW & MEDIUM HIGH
FILTERS FILTERS SUCTION FILTERS PRESSURE PRESSURE
FILTERS FILTERS FILTERS
Flow rates Flow rates Flow rates Flow rates Flow rates Flow rates
up to 875 l/min up to 3000 l/min up to 300 l/min up to 365 l/min up to 3000 l/min up to 750 l/min
Introduction 6
PRODUCT RANGE
MP Filtri can offer a vast and articulated range of products for the global market, suitable for all
industrial sectors using hydraulic equipment.
This includes filters (suction, return, return/suction, spin-on, pressure, stainless steel pressure)
and structural components (motor/pump bell-housings, transmission couplings, damping rings,
foot brackets, aluminium tanks, cleaning covers).
We can provide all the skills and solutions required by the modern hydraulics industry to monitor
contamination levels and other fluid conditions.
Mobile filtration units and a full range of accessories allow us to supply everything necessary for a
complete service in the hydraulic circuits.
Flow rates up to 150 l/min - Online, in-line particle counters Flow rates from 15 l/min - Aluminium bell-housings - Oil filler and
Pressure from 320 bar - Off-line Bottle sampling up to 200 l/min for motors air breather plugs
up to 1000 bar products from 0.12 kW to 400 kW - Optical and electrical
- Fully calibrated using relevant - Couplings in Aluminium level gauges
Mounting: ISO standards Cast Iron - Steel - Pressure gauge valve
- In-Line - A wide range of variants to - Damping rings selectors
- Manifold support fluid types and - Foot bracket - Pipe fixing brackets
- In single and duplex designs communication protocols - Aluminium tanks - Pressure gauges
- Cleaning covers
7 Introduction
HYDRAULIC FILTRATION PRODUCTS
1 page INTRODUCTION
1 COMPANY
6 PRODUCT RANGE
11 CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT
22 FILTER SIZING
24 CORRECTIVE FACTOR
up to Qmax
28 page SUCTION FILTERS l/min gpm
31 STR & MPA - MPM Submerged suction filter, with bypass or magnetic column 875 231
39 SF2 250 - 350 Semi-submerged positive head suction filter, low flow rate 160 42
47 SF2 500 Semi-submerged positive head suction filter, high flow rate 800 211
57 CLOGGING INDICATORS
up to Pmax up to Qmax
60 page RETURN FILTERS bar psi l/min gpm
63 MPFX Tank top semi-immersed filter, standard filter element disassembly 8 116 750 198
91 MPLX Tank top semi-immersed filter, standard filter element disassembly 10 145 1800 476
99 MPTX Tank top semi-immersed filter, easy filter element disassembly 8 116 300 79
117 MFBX Bowl assembly 8 116 500 132
125 MPF Tank top semi-immersed filter, standard filter element disassembly 8 116 750 198
153 MPT Tank top semi-immersed filter, easy filter element disassembly 8 116 300 79
171 MFB Bowl assembly 8 116 500 132
179 MPH Tank top semi-immersed filter, standard filter element disassembly 10 145 3000 793
203 MPI Tank top semi-immersed filter, standard filter element disassembly 10 145 3000 793
215 FRI Tank top semi-immersed filter, easy filter element disassembly, it can be used also as in-line filter 20 290 1500 396
231 RF2 Semi-immersed under-head filter, easy filter element disassembly 20 290 350 92
238 CLOGGING INDICATORS
248 ACCESSORIES
up to Pmax up to Qmax
250 page RETURN / SUCTION FILTERS bar psi l/min gpm
Unique TANK TOP filter for mobile machinery, with combined filtration on
253 MRSX 10 145 300 79
return and suction to the inlet at the hydrostatic transmissions in closed circuit
Unique IN-LINE filter for mobile machinery, with combined filtration on return
265 LMP 124 MULTIPORT 80 1160 200 53
and suction to the inlet at the hydrostatic transmissions in closed circuit
273 CLOGGING INDICATORS
up to Pmax up to Qmax
286 page SPIN-ON FILTERS bar psi l/min gpm
Low pressure filter, available with single cartridge (CS) for in-line or flange
289 MPS 12 174 365 96
mounting or with two cartridge on the same axis on the opposite sides
305 MSH In-line low and medium pressure filter available with single cartridge (CH) 35 508 195 52
311 CLOGGING INDICATORS
Introduction 8
INDEX
up to Pmax up to Qmax
322 page LOW & MEDIUM PRESSURE FILTERS bar psi l/min gpm
325 LMP 110 - 120 - 123 MULTIPORT In-line filter with Multiport design for multiple choice connection 80 1160 200 53
341 LMP 210 - 211 In-line low & medium pressure filter, low flow rate 60 870 330 87
351 LMP 400 - 401 & 430 - 431 In-line low & medium pressure filter, high flow rate 60 870 740 195
363 LMP 950 - 951 In-line filter, available with 2 and up to 6 different heads 30 435 2400 634
371 LMP 952 - 953 - 954 In-line low pressure filter specifically designed to be mounted in series 25 363 3000 793
383 LMD 211 In-line duplex medium pressure filter 60 870 330 87
391 LMD 400 - 401 & 431 In-line duplex low pressure filter 16 232 590 156
407 LMD 951 In-line duplex filter, available with 2 up to 6 different heads 16 232 1200 317
up to Pmax up to Qmax
452 page HIGH PRESSURE FILTERS bar psi l/min gpm
455 FMP 039 Filter high pressure, low flow rate applications 110 1595 80 21
463 FMP Filter high pressure, high flow rate applications 320 4641 475 125
475 FHP Typical high pressure filter for mobile applications, high flow rate 420 6092 750 198
491 FMM Typical high pressure filter for mobile applications, low flow rate 420 6092 250 66
501 FHA 051 Filter optimized for use in high pressure operating systems, low flow rate 560 8122 140 37
509 FHM High pressure filter with intermediate manifold construction 320 4641 450 119
527 FHB High pressure for block mounting 320 4641 485 128
541 FHF 325 In-line manifold top mounting 350 5076 500 132
551 FHD In-line duplex high pressure filter 350 5076 345 91
564 CLOGGING INDICATORS
up to Pmax up to Qmax
572 page STAINLESS STEEL HIGH PRESSURE FILTERS bar psi l/min gpm
575 FZP In-line pressure filter with threaded mount 420 6092 150 40
585 FZH In-line pressure filter with threaded mount for higher pressure 700 10153 50 13
595 FZX In-line pressure filter with threaded mount up to 1000 bar 1000 14504 10 3
603 FZM Manifold top mounting 320 4641 70 18
611 FZB Manifold side mounting 320 4641 75 20
619 FZD Duplex pressure filter for continuous operation requirements 350 5076 90 24
629 CLOGGING INDICATORS
9 Introduction
Introduction 10
Introduction
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT
INDEX
Page
1 HYDRAULIC FLUIDS 12
2 FLUIDS CONTAMINATION 12
5 FILTRATION TECHNOLOGIES 16
7 TYPES OF FILTERS 17
11 Introduction
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT
1 HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
The fluid is the vector that transmits power, energy within an oleodynamic circuit. - ANTIOXIDANT STABILITY AND WEAR PROTECTION
In addition to transmitting energy through the circuit, it also performs additional These features translate into the capacity of a hydraulic oil to avoid corrosion
functions such as lubrication, protection and cooling of the surfaces. of metal elements inside the system.
The classification of fluids used in hydraulic systems is coded in many regulatory
references, different Standards. - HEAT TRANSFER CAPACITY
It is the characteristic that indicates the capacity of hydraulic oil to exchange
The most popular classification criterion divides them into the following families: heat with the surfaces and then cool them.
- MINERAL OILS
Commonly used oil deriving fluids.
The choice of fluid for an hydraulic system must take into account several - PROGRESSIVE CONTAMINATION
parameters. Caused by factors related to the operation of the system, such as metal
These parameters can adversely affect the performance of an hydraulic system, surface wear, sealing wear, oxidation or degradation of the fluid, the
causing delay in the controls, pump cavitation, excessive absorption, excessive introduction of contaminants during maintenance, corrosion due to chemical
temperature rise, efficiency reduction, increased drainage, wear, jam/block or air or electrochemical action between fluid and components, cavitation.
intake in the plant. The contamination of hydraulic systems can be of different nature:
The main properties that characterize hydraulic fluids and affect their choice are: - SOLID CONTAMINATION
- DYNAMIC VISCOSITY For example rust, slag, metal particles, fibers, rubber particles, paint particles
It identifies the fluid’s resistance to sliding due to the impact of the particles - or additives
forming it.
- LIQUID CONTAMINATION
- CINEMATIC VISCOSITY For example, the presence of water due to condensation or external infiltration
It is a widespread formal dimension in the hydraulic field. or acids
It is calculated with the ratio between the dynamic viscosity and the fluid
density. - GASEOUS CONTAMINATION
Cinematic viscosity varies with temperature and pressure variations. For example, the presence of air due to inadequate oil level in the tank,
drainage in suction ducts, incorrect sizing of tubes or tanks.
- VISCOSITY INDEX
This value expresses the ability of a fluid to maintain viscosity when the
temperature changes.
A high viscosity index indicates the fluid’s ability to limit viscosity variations 3 EFFECTS OF CONTAMINATION ON HYDRAULIC
by varying the temperature. COMPONENTS
- FILTERABILITY INDEX
Solid contamination is recognized as the main cause of malfunction, failure and
It is the value that indicates the ability of a fluid to cross the filter materials.
early degradation in hydraulic systems. It is impossible to delete it completely,
A low filterability index could cause premature clogging of the filter material.
but it can be effectively controlled by appropriate devices.
- WORKING TEMPERATURE CONTAMINATION IN PRESENCE OF CONTAMINATION IN PRESENCE OF
Working temperature affects the fundamental characteristics of the fluid. LARGE TOLERANCES NARROW TOLERANCES
As already seen, some fluid characteristics, such as cinematic viscosity, vary
with the temperature variation.
When choosing a hydraulic oil, must therefore be taken into account of the
environmental conditions in which the machine will operate.
- COMPRESSIBILITY MODULE
Every fluid subjected to a pressure contracts, increasing its density.
The compressibility module identifies the increase in pressure required to
Solid contamination mainly causes surface damage and component wear.
cause a corresponding increase in density.
- ABRASION OF SURFACES
- HYDROLYTIC STABILITY
Cause of leakage through mechanical seals, reduction of system performance,
It is the characteristic that prevents galvanic pairs that can cause wear in
failures.
the plant/system.
Introduction 12
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT
ABRASION EROSION
4 MEASURING THE SOLID CONTAMINATION LEVEL
What is the size of the contaminating particles that we must handle in our
hydraulic circuit?
DISSOLVED WATER
HUMAN HAIR MINIMUM DIMENSION TYPICAL CONTAMINANT
- INCREASING FLUID ACIDITY (75 µm) VISIBLE HUMAN EYES DIMENSION IN A
Cause of surface corrosion and premature fluid oxidation (40 µm) HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
(4÷14 µm)
- CUSHION SUSPENSION
Cause of increased noise and cavitation.
- FLUID OXIDATION
Cause of corrosion acceleration of metal parts.
CLEAN CONTAMINATED
MEMBRANE MEMBRANE
13 Introduction
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT
- CUMULATIVE DISTRIBUTION OF THE PARTICLES SIZE - ISO 4406 ISO 4406:2017 Cleanliness Code System
Microscope counting examines the particles differently to APCs and the code is
The level of contamination is defined by counting the number of particles of given with two scale numbers only.
certain dimensions per unit of volume of fluid. Measurement is performed by These are at 5 µm and 15 µm equivalent to the 6 µm(c) and 14 µm(c) of APCs.
Automatic Particle Counters (APC).
Following the count, the contamination classes are determined, corresponding to
the number of particles detected in the unit of fluid.
Cleanliness Code Chart
The most common classification methods follow ISO 4406 and SAE AS 4059 with 100 ml sample volume
(Aerospace Sector) regulations.
NAS 1638 is still used although obsolete. 1.6
107 24
8
22/1
106
Class Number of particles per ml
9/14
20
Over Up to 5
28 1 300 000 2 500 000 19
27 640 000 1 300 000 2.5
26 320 000 640 000
25 160 000 320 000 18
24 80 000 160 000 1.3
23 40 000 80 000 105
22 20 000 40 000 17
21 10 000 20 000 6.4
20 5 000 10 000
19 2 500 5 000 16
18 1 300 2 500 3.2
17 640 1 300 15
16 320 640
15 160 320 1.6
14 80 160 14
13 40 80 104
12 20 40 8
11 10 20 13
10 5 10
4
9 2.5 5
8 1.3 2.5 12
7 0.64 1.3 2
6 0.32 0.64
5 0.16 0.32 11
4 0.08 0.16 103
3 0.04 0.08
2 0.02 0.04 10
1 0.01 0.02 5
0 0 0.01
9
> 4 µm(c) = 350 particles 2.5
> 6 µm(c) = 100 particles
Number of particles per 100ml larger than indicated size
3
4
2
2
1
1
Introduction 14
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT
- CUMULATIVE DISTRIBUTION OF THE PARTICLES SIZE - SAE AS 4059-1 - CLASSES OF CONTAMINATION ACCORDING TO NAS 1638 (January 1964)
and SAE AS 4059-2
The NAS system was originally developed in 1964 to define contamination classes
Classification example according to SAE AS 4059-1 and SAE AS 4059-2 for the contamination contained within aircraft components.
The code, prepared for the aerospace industry, is based on the size, quantity, and The application of this standard was extended to industrial hydraulic systems
particle spacing in a 100 ml fluid sample. The contamination classes are defined simply because nothing else existed at the time.
by numeric codes, the size of the contaminant is identified by letters (A-F). The coding system defines the maximum numbers permitted of 100ml volume
at various size intervals (differential counts) rather than using cumulative counts
It can be made a differential measurement (Table 1) or a cumulative as in ISO 4406:1999. Although there is no guidance given in the standard on
measurement (Table 2) how to quote the levels, most industrial users quote a single code which is the
highest recorded in all sizes and this convention is used on MP Filtri APC’s.
Table 1 - Class for differential measurement
The contamination classes are defined by a number (from 00 to 12) which
Class Dimension of contaminant indicates the maximum number of particles per 100 ml, counted on a differential
basis, in a given size bracket.
6÷14 µm(c) 14÷21 µm(c) 21÷38 µm(c) 38÷70 µm(c) >70 µm(c)
00 125 22 4 1 0 Size Range Classes (in microns)
0 250 44 8 2 0
1 500 89 16 3 1 Maximum Contamination Limits per 100 ml
2 1 000 178 32 6 1
3 2 000 356 63 11 2 Class 5÷15 15÷25 25÷50 50÷100 >100
4 4 000 712 126 22 4 00 125 22 4 1 0
5 8 000 1 425 253 45 8 0 250 44 8 2 0
6 16 000 2 850 506 90 16 1 500 89 16 3 1
7 32 000 5 700 1 012 180 32 2 1 000 178 32 6 1
8 64 000 11 400 2 025 360 64 3 2 000 356 63 11 2
9 128 000 22 800 4 050 720 128 4 4 000 712 126 22 4
10 256 000 45 600 8 100 1 440 256 5 8 000 1 425 253 45 8
11 512 000 91 200 16 200 2 880 512 6 16 000 2 850 506 90 16
12 1 024 000 182 400 32 400 5 760 1 024 7 32 000 5 700 1 012 180 32
8 64 000 11 400 2 025 360 64
6÷14 µm(c) = 15 000 particles 9 128 000 22 800 4 050 720 128
14÷21 µm(c) = 2 200 particles 10 256 000 45 600 8 100 1 440 256
21÷38 µm(c) = 200 particles 11 512 000 91 200 16 200 2 880 512
38÷70 µm(c) = 35 particles 12 1 024 000 182 400 32 400 5 760 1 024
> 70 µm(c) = 3 particles
Class 6 5÷15 µm(c) = 42 000 particles
15÷25 µm(c) = 2 200 particles
25÷50 µm(c) = 150 particles
Table 2 - Class for cumulative measurement 50÷100 µm(c) = 18 particles
Class Dimension of contaminant > 100 µm(c) = 3 particles
Class NAS 8
>4 µm(c) >6 µm(c) >14 µm(c) >21 µm(c) >38 µm(c) >70 µm(c)
A B C D E F
000 195 76 14 3 1 0
00 390 152 27 5 1 0 - CUMULATIVE DISTRIBUTION OF THE PARTICLES SIZE - ISO 4407
0 780 304 54 10 2 0
1 1 560 609 109 20 4 1 The level of contamination is defined by counting the number of particles
2 3 120 1 217 217 39 7 1 collected by a laboratory membrane per unit of fluid volume. The measurement
3 6 250 2 432 432 76 13 2 is done by a microscope.
4 12 500 4 864 864 152 26 4
5 25 000 9 731 1 731 306 53 8
The membrane must be cleaned, dried and desiccated, with fluid and conditions
6 50 000 19 462 3 462 612 106 16 defined by the Standard. The fluid volume is filtered through the membrane, using
7 100 000 38 924 6 924 1 224 212 32 a suitable suction system.
8 200 000 77 849 13 849 2 449 424 64 The level of contamination is identified by dividing
9 400 000 155 698 27 698 4 898 848 128 the membrane into a predefined number of areas
10 800 000 311 396 55 396 9 796 1 696 256 and by counting the contaminant particles using
11 1 600 000 622 792 110 792 19 592 3 392 512
12 3 200 000 1 245 584 221 584 39 184 6 784 1 024 a suitable laboratory microscope.
MICROSCOPE CONTROL
AND MEASUREMENT
> 4 µm(c) = 45 000 particles
> 6 µm(c) = 15 000 particles
> 14 µm(c) = 1 500 particles
> 21 µm(c) = 250 particles COMPARISON
> 38 µm(c) = 15 particles PHOTOGRAPH’S
> 70 µm(c) = 3 particle 1 graduation = 10µm
Class from 2F to 4E
15 Introduction
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT
5 FILTRATION TECHNOLOGIES
- SURFACE FILTRATION
It is by direct interception. The filter prevents particles larger than the pores
from continuing in the plant / system. Surface filters are generally Value (ßx(c)) 2 10 75 100 200 1000
manufactured with metal canvases or meshes.
Efficiency 50% 90% 98.7% 99% 99.5% 99.9%
- DEPTH FILTERING
Test conditions, such as type of fluid to be used (MIL-H-5606), type of contaminant
Filters are constructed by fiber interlacing. Such wraps form pathways of
to be used (ISO MTD), fluid viscosity, test temperature, are determined by ISO
different shapes and sizes in which the particles remain trapped when they
16889.
find smaller apertures than their diameter.
In addition to the filtration efficiency value during the Multipass test, other
Depth filters are generally produced with papers impregnated with phenolic
important features, such as filtration stability (ß stability) and dirt holding
resins, metal fibers or inorganic fibers.
capacity (DHC), are also tested.
In inorganic fiber filtration, commonly called microfibre, the filtering layers
Poor filtration stability is the cause of the filtering quality worsening as the filter
are often overlapped in order to increase the ability to retain the
life rises. Low dirt holding capacity causes a reduction in the life of the filter.
contaminant.
WIRE MESH FILTRATION PAPER FILTRATION MICROFIBER FILTRATION Filtration ISO Standard Comparison
ßx(c) > 1000 ßx > 200 MP Filtri
ISO 16889 ISO 4572 Filter media code
5 µm(c) 3 µm A03
7 µm(c) 6 µm A06
10 µm(c) 10 µm A10
16 µm(c) 18 µm A16
21 µm(c) 25 µm A25
Introduction 16
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT
6 RECOMMENDED CONTAMINATION CLASSES Being subjected to high working pressures are manufactured with more robust
and articulated construction. In particular situations of corrosive environments or
aggressive fluids can be made of stainless steel.
Any are the nature and the properties of fluids, they are inevitably subject to
They are mainly produced with filtering depths of 3 ÷ 25 μm.
contamination. The level of contamination can be managed by using special
They can be manufactured with in-line connections, with plate or flange
components called filters.
connections or directly integrated into the circuit control blocks / manifolds.
Hydraulic components builders, knowing the problem of contamination,
They can also be manufactured in duplex configuration to allow the contaminated
recommend the filtration level appropriate to the use of their products.
section to be maintained even when the plant / system is in operation without
interruption of the working cycle.
Example of recommended contamination levels for pressures below 140 bar.
Piston pumps
with fixed flow rate
• Return filters
Piston pumps
They are positioned on the return line to the tank and perform the task of filtering
• the fluid from particles entering the system from the outside or generated by the
with variable flow rate
wear of the components.
Vane pumps
• They are generally fixed to the reservoir (for this reason also called top tank
with fixed flow rate
mounted), positioned semi-immersed or completely immersed.
Vane pumps
• The positioning of the return filters must guarantee in all operating conditions
with variable flow
that the fluid drainage takes place in immersed condition; this is to avoid creating
Engines •
foams in the tank that can cause malfunctions or cavitation in the pumps.
Hydraulic cylinders •
For the sizing of the return filters, account must be taken of the presence of
Actuators •
accumulators or cylinders that can make the return flow considerably greater
Test benches •
than the pump suction flow rate.
Check valve • Being subject to contained working pressures are manufactured with simple and
Directional valves • lightweight construction.
Flow regulating valves • Normally it is possible to extract the filter element without disconnecting the filter
Proportional valves • from the rest of the system.
Servo-valves •
Flat bearings •
Ball bearings • Combined filters
ISO 4406 CODE 20/18/15 19/17/14 18/16/13 17/15/12 16/14/11 15/13/10 They are designed to be applied to systems with two or more circuits. They are
Recommended ß20(c) ß15(c) ß10(c) ß7(c) ß7(c) ß5(c) commonly used in hydrostatic transmission machines where they have a dual
filtration ßx(c)≥1.000 >1000 >1000 >1000 >1000 >1000 >1000 filtration function of the return line and suction line of the hydrostatic transmission
pump.
The filter is equipped with a valve that keeps the 0.5 bar pressure inside the
The common classification of filters is determined by their position in the plant.
filter. A portion of the fluid that returns to the tank is filtered by the return filter
element, generally produced with absolute filtration, and returns to the transmis-
7 TYPES OF FILTERS sion booster pump.
Only excess fluid returns to the tank through the valve.
Suction filters The internal pressure of the filter and the absolute filtration help to avoid the
They are positioned before the pump and are responsible for protecting the pump cavitation phenomenon inside the pump.
from dirty contaminants. It also provides additional flow guidance to the pump
suction line.
Being subject to negligible working pressures are manufactured with simple and Off-line filters
lightweight construction. They are generally used in very large systems / plants, placed in a closed circuit
They are mainly produced with gross grade surface filtrations, mainly 60 ÷ 125 μm. independent from the main circuit. They remain in operation regardless of the
They can be equipped with a magnetic column for retaining ferrous particles. operation of the main circuit and are crossed by a constant flow rate.
They are generally placed under the fluid head to take advantage of the They can also be manufactured in duplex configuration to allow the contaminated
piezometric thrust of the fluid and reduce the risk of cavitation. section to be maintained even when the unit is in operation without interruption
of the work cycle.
There are two types of suction filters:
- IMMERSION FILTERS
Simple filter element screwed on the suction pipe Venting filters
During the operation of the plants, the fluid level present in the reservoir changes
- FILTERS WITH CONTAINER continuously.
Container filters that are more bulky, but provide easier maintenance The result of this continuous fluctuation is an exchange of air with the outside
of the tank environment.
The venting filter function, positioned on the tank, is to filter the air that enters the
tank to compensate for fluid level variations.
Delivery (or Pressure) filters
They are positioned between the pump and most sensitive regulating and
controlling components, such as servo valves or proportional valves, and are
designed to ensure the class of contamination required by the components used
in the circuit.
17 Introduction
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT
The choice of the filter system for an hydraulic system is influenced by several In order to obtain unique criteria for development and verification of the
factors. filters performance, specific regulations for the filters and filter elements testing
It is necessary to consider the characteristics of the various components present have been issued by ISO. These norms describe the target, the methodology,
in the plant and their sensitivity to contamination. the conditions and the presentation methods for the test results.
It is also necessary to consider all the tasks that the filter will have to do within ISO 2941
the plant: Hydraulic fluid power -- Filter elements -- Verification of collapse/burst pressure
- FLUID PROTECTION FROM CONTAMINATION rating
- PROTECTION OF OLEODYNAMIC COMPONENTS SENSITIVE TO CONTAMINATION
This Standard describes the method for testing the collapse / burst resistance
- PROTECTION OF OLEODYNAMIC PLANTS FROM ENVIRONMENTAL WASTE
of the filter elements.
- PROTECTION OF OLEODYNAMIC PLANTS FROM CONTAMINATION CAUSED
The test is performed by crossing the contaminated fluid filter element at a
BY COMPONENTS’ FAILURES
predefined flow rate. The progressive clogging of the filter element, determined
by contamination, causes an increase in differential pressure.
The advantages of proper positioning and sizing of the filters are
- MORE RELIABILITY OF THE SYSTEM
- LONGER LIFE OF THE FLUID COMPONENTS ISO 2942
- REDUCTION OF STOP TIME Hydraulic fluid power -- Filter elements -- Verification of fabrication integrity
- REDUCTION OF FAILURE CASUALITIES and determination of the first bubble point
This Standard describes the method to verify the integrity of the assembled filter
elements.
Each hydraulic filter is described by general features that identify the possibility It can be used to verify the quality of the production process or the quality of the
of use in different applications. materials by verifying the pressure value of the first bubble point.
ISO 2943
• MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE (Pmax) Hydraulic fluid power -- Filter elements -- Verification of material compatibility
The maximum working pressure of the filter must be greater than or equal with fluids
to the pressure of the circuit section in which it will be installed.
This Standard describes the method to verify the compatibility of materials with
certain hydraulic fluids.
The test is carried out by keeping the element (the material sample) immersed in
• PRESSURE DROP (∆P)
the fluid under high or low temperature conditions for a given period of time and
The pressure drop depends on a number of factors, such as the working circuit
verifying the retention of the characteristics.
temperature, the fluid viscosity, the filter element cleaning condition.
ISO 3723
• WORKING TEMPERATURE (T) Hydraulic fluid power -- Filter elements -- Method for end load test
The working temperature deeply affect the choice of materials. Excessively This Standard describes the method for verifying the axial load resistance of the
high or low temperatures may adversely affect the strength of the materials filter elements.
or the characteristics of the seals. After performing the procedure described in ISO 2943, the designed axial load
is applied to the filter element. To verify the test results, then the test described
in ISO 2941 is performed.
• FILTRATION EFFICIENCY (%) / FILTRATION RATIO (ßx(c))
Filtration efficiency is the most important parameter to consider when ISO 3968
selecting a filter. Hydraulic fluid power -- Filters -- Evaluation of differential pressure versus flow
When choosing the filtration performances, the needs of the most sensitive characteristics
components in the system must be considered.
This Standard describes the method for checking the pressure drop across the
filter.
The test is carried out by crossing the filter from a given fluid and by detecting
• FLUID TYPE
upstream and downstream pressures.
The type of fluid influences the choice of filters in terms of compatibility and
Some of the parameters defined by the Standard are the fluid, the test temperature,
viscosity. It is always mandatory to check the filterability.
the size of the tubes, the position of the pressure detection points.
Introduction 18
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT
ISO 10771-1
Hydraulic fluid power -- Fatigue pressure testing of metal pressure-containing
envelopes -- Test method
This Standard describes the method to check the resistance of the hydraulic
components with pulsing pressure.
Free water
It can be applied to all metal components (excluding tubes) subject to cyclic
Saturation point
pressure used in the hydraulic field.
- 100%
Emulsified
In mineral oils and non aqueous resistant fluids water is undesirable. Mineral
oil usually has a water content of 50-300 ppm (@40°C) which it can support
without adverse consequences.
Once the water content exceeds about 300ppm the oil starts to appear hazy. Above
- 50%
this level there is a danger of free water accumulating in the system in areas of
low flow. This can lead to corrosion and accelerated wear.
Similarly, fire resistant fluids have a natural water which may be different
to mineral oil.
- 25%
Dissolved water
600
- 0%
Parts per million
400
200
0
20 30 40 50 60 70
Temperature °C
Hydraulic oil
Gear oil
Turbine oil
19 Introduction
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT
Water absorber
Fabric that absorbs water The Filter Media has absorbed water
>>>
Support pipe
By removing water from your fluid power system, you can prevent such key
problems as:
- corrosion (metal etching)
- loss of lubricant power
- accelerated abrasive wear in hydraulic components
- valve-locking
- bearing fatigue
- viscosity variance (reduction in lubricating properties)
- additive precipitation and oil oxidation
- increase in acidity level
- increased electrical conductivity (loss of dielectric strength)
- slow/weak response of control systems
Product availability:
LOW & MEDIUM PRESSURE FILTERS - LMP Series
LMP 210 LMP 900
LMP 211 LMP 901
LMP 400 LMP 902
LMP 401 LMP 903
LMP 430 LMP 950
LMP 431 LMP 951
Introduction 20
CONTAMINATION MANAGEMENT
21 Introduction
Introduction
FILTER SIZING
INDEX
Page
CALCULATION 23
CORRECTIVE FACTOR 24
Introduction 22
Calculation FILTER SIZING
THE CORRECT FILTER SIZING HAVE TO BE BASED ON THE TOTAL Calculation:
PRESSURE DROP DEPENDING BY THE APPLICATION. ∆pc = 0.03 bar (see graphic below)
FOR EXAMPLE, THE MAXIMUM TOTAL PRESSURE DROP ALLOWED BY A Filter housings ∆p
NEW AND CLEAN RETURN FILTER HAVE TO BE IN THE RANGE MPT 110 - Length 3 - 4
0.40 pressure drop.
0.4 ÷ 0.6 bar. The curves are plotted
using mineral oil with
0.30 density of 0.86 kg/dm3
The pressure drop calculation is performed by adding together the value of G 1 1/4” in compliance
the housing with the value of the filter element. The pressure drop ∆pc of with ISO 3968.
Δp bar
0.20 ∆p varies proportionally
the housing is proportional to the fluid density (kg/dm3); all the graphs in the with density.
catalogue are referred to mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3. 0.10
The filter element pressure drop ∆pe is proportional to its viscosity (mm2/s),
the corrective factor Y have to be used in case of an oil viscosity different 0 *
than 30 mm2/s (cSt). 0 60 120 180 240 300
Flow rate l/min
Sizing data for single filter element, head at top ∆pe = (2.00 : 1000) x 120 x (46 : 30) = 0.37 bar
∆pc = Filter housing pressure drop [bar]
∆pe = Filter element pressure drop [bar] Filter Absolute filtration Nominal filtration
Y = Corrective factor Y (see correspondent table), depending on the filter type, element H Series N Series
on the filter element size, on the filter element length and on the filter media M25
Type A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 P10 P25 M60
Q = flow rate (l/min) M90
V1 reference oil viscosity = 30 mm2/s (cSt) Return filters
V2 = operating oil viscosity in mm2/s (cSt) 1 74.00 50.08 20.00 16.00 9.00 6.43 5.51 4.40
MF 020 2 29.20 24.12 8.00 7.22 5.00 3.33 2.85 2.00
Filter element pressure drop calculation with an oil viscosity 3 22.00 19.00 6.56 5.33 4.33 1.68 1.44 1.30
different than 30 mm2/s (cSt) MF 030
MFX 030 1 74.00 50.08 20.00 16.00 9.00 6.43 5.51 3.40
∆pe = Y : 1000 x Q x (V2:V1) 1 28.20 24.40 8.67 8.17 6.88 4.62 3.96 1.25
∆p Tot. = ∆pc + ∆pe MF 100 2 17.33 12.50 6.86 5.70 4.00 3.05 2.47 1.10
MFX 100 3 10.25 9.00 3.65 3.33 2.50 1.63 1.32 0.96
Verification formula 4 6.10 5.40 2.30 2.20 2.00 1.19 0.96 0.82
∆p Tot. ≤ ∆p max allowed
23 Introduction
FILTER SIZING Corrective factor
Corrective factor Y to be used for the filter element pressure drop calculation. The values depend to the filter size and length and to the filter media.
Reference oil viscosity 30 mm2/s
1 0.60 0.43 0.34 0.25 0.13 0.12 0.09 0.03 2 1.03 0.80 0.59 0.40 0.26 - - 0.05
CU 950
0.21 0.11 0.08 0.07 0.03 3 0.44 0.40 0.27 0.18 0.15 - - 0.02
MR 850 2 0.37 0.26 0.23
3 0.27 0.18 0.17 0.17 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.02
4 0.23 0.16 0.13 0.12 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 MR 630 7 0.88 0.78 0.36 0.34 0.16 0.12 0.96 0.47
Introduction 24
Corrective factor FILTER SIZING
Corrective factor Y to be used for the filter element pressure drop calculation. The values depend to the filter size and length and to the filter media.
Reference oil viscosity 30 mm2/s
Type A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25 Type A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
1 332.71 250.07 184.32 152.36 128.36 - 1 332.71 250.07 184.32 152.36 128.36
2 220.28 165.56 74.08 59.13 37.05 - 220.28 165.56 74.08
HP 011
3 123.24 92.68 41.48 33.08 20.72 - HP 011 2 59.13 37.05
3 123.24 92.68 41.48 33.08 20.72
4 77.76 58.52 28.37 22.67 16.17 - 4 77.76 58.52 28.37 22.67 16.17
2 70.66 53.20 25.77 20.57 14.67 4.90 2 70.66 53.20 25.77 20.57 14.67
HP 039 3 36.57 32.28 18.00 13.38 8.00 2.90 HP 039 3 36.57 32.28 18.00 13.38 8.00
4 26.57 23.27 12.46 8.80 5.58 2.20 4 26.57 23.27 12.46 8.80 5.58
1 31.75 30.30 13.16 12.3 7.29 1.60 1 31.75 30.30 13.16 12.3 7.29
2 24.25 21.26 11.70 9.09 4.90 1.40 2 24.25 21.26 11.70 9.09 4.90
HP 050 3 17.37 16.25 8.90 7.18 3.63 1.25 HP 050 3 17.37 16.25 8.90 7.18 3.63
4 12.12 10.75 6.10 5.75 3.08 1.07 4 12.12 10.75 6.10 5.75 3.08
5 7.00 6.56 3.60 3.10 2.25 0.80 5 7.00 6.56 3.60 3.10 2.25
1 58.50 43.46 23.16 19.66 10.71 1.28 1 20.33 18.80 9.71 8.66 4.78
HP 065 2 42.60 25.64 16.22 13.88 7.32 1.11 HP 135 2 11.14 10.16 6.60 6.38 2.22
3 20.50 15.88 8.18 6.81 3.91 0.58 3 6.48 6.33 3.38 3.16 2.14
1 10.88 9.73 5.02 3.73 2.54 1.04 1 424.58 319.74 235.17 194.44 163.78
2 4.40 3.83 1.75 1.48 0.88 0.71 HP 011 2 281.06 211.25 94.53 75.45 47.26
HP 320 3 130.14 97.50 43.63 34.82 21.81
3 2.75 2.11 1.05 0.87 0.77 0.61
4 2.12 1.77 0.98 0.78 0.55 0.47 4 109.39 82.25 36.79 29.37 18.40
1 4.44 3.67 2.30 2.10 1.65 0.15 2 73.00 57.00 28.00 24.00 17.20
2 3.37 2.77 1.78 1.68 1.24 0.10 HP 039 3 40.90 36.33 21.88 18.80 11.20
HP 500 3 2.22 1.98 1.11 1.09 0.75 0.08 4 31.50 28.22 17.22 9.30 6.70
4 1.81 1.33 0.93 0.86 0.68 0.05
5 1.33 1.15 0.77 0.68 0.48 0.04
1 47.33 34.25 21.50 20.50 14.71
2 29.10 25.95 14.04 10.90 5.88
Filter Absolute filtration Nominal filtration HP 050 3 20.85 19.50 10.68 8.61 4.36
element N Series N Series 4 14.55 12.90 7.32 6.90 3.69
Type A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25 5 9.86 9.34 6.40 4.80 2.50
1 3.65 2.95 2.80 1.80 0.90 0.38 1 29.16 25.33 13.00 12.47 5.92
HF 320 2 2.03 1.73 1.61 1.35 0.85 0.36 HP 135 2 14.28 11.04 7.86 7.60 4.44
3 1.84 1.42 1.32 1.22 0.80 0.35 3 8.96 7.46 4.89 4.16 3.07
Suction filters
Filter Nominal filtration
element N Series
SF 250 65 21
25 Introduction
FILTER SIZING Selection Software
Step 1 Select “FILTERS”
Step 5
Insert all application data to calculate the filter size following the sequence:
- working pressure
- working flow rate
- working pressure drop
- working temperature
- fluid material and fluid type
- filtration media
- connection type
Step 6
Push “CALCULATE” to have result;
in case of any mistake, the system
will advice which parameter is out
of range to allow to modify/adjust
the selection
Step 7
Download PDF
Datasheet “Report.aspx” pushing the button “Drawing”
Introduction 26
FILTER SIZING
27 Introduction
Suction filters are used as safety filters to protect pumps
from gross contamination which can cause them to grip.
SF2 semi-immersed filters, which shut-off oil flow while the filter
element is being replaced, replace the butterfly valves usually
used for servicing hydraulic pumps.
FILTER SIZING
For the proper corrective factor Y see chapter at page 25
Suction filters 28
Suction filters
INDICATORS 57
29 Suction filters
Suction filters 30
Suction filters
31 Suction filters
STR & MPA-MPM GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data
Weights [kg]
Filter series
STR see page 35
MPA - MPM see page 37
1 1
3 3
3 4 3 5 5
5
6 6
4 4
8 7 8 7
9 9
Suction filters 32
3
GENERAL INFORMATION
0 15 30 45 60 75
9
1” 1 1/ 4” Pressure drop
6
Filters pressure drop ∆p
1 1/ 2” in function of connection type
93
0.09 0.09
9
3/ 8” 1/ 2” 1” 1 1/ 4”
3/ 4”
6
0.06 6
0.06
0
∆p bar
∆p bar
00 00
0 15 30 45 60 75 0 50 100 150 200 250
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
0.09
9
2” 2 1/ 2”
6
0.06
9
∆p bar
1” 1 1/ 4”
3” 9
36
0.03 2” 2 1/ 2”
1 1/ 2” 6
003
0 175 350 525 700 875
Flow rate l/min 3”
3
0
The curves
0 are plotted
50 using
100 mineral
150 oil with
200density250
of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density. 0
0 175 350 525 700 875
9
2” 2 1/ 2”
3”
3
0
0 175 350 525 700 Flow
875 rates [l/min] Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Thread l/min Filter series Style S Style B
3/8” 19 STR • •
1/2” 28 MPA - MPM •
3/4” 67 OUT OUT
1” 126
1 1/4” 167
STR & MPA - MPM
1 1/2” 258
2” 480
2 1/2” 854 IN IN
2” 480
3” 995
33 Suction filters
STR
Designation & Ordering code
COMPLETE FILTER
Element series and size Configuration example 1: STR045 1 B G1 M60 P01
STR045 Configuration example 2: STR100 4 S G2 M250 P01
STR050
STR065
STR070
STR086
STR100
STR140
STR150
Connection type
STR045 STR050 STR065 STR070 STR086 STR100 STR140 STR150
1 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 1 1/2” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
2 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 3/4” 2” 1 1/4” 2” 2 1/2”
3 - - 3/4” 3/4” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 2” 3”
4 - - 1” 1” 2” 2” 2 1/2” -
5 - - - - 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 3” -
6 - - - 1/2” 2” - 3” -
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 0.3 bar
Thread type
G1 Thread GAS
G2 Thread NPT
Suction filters 34
STR
Dimensions
STR
Filter Connection Thread ØD H A/F Weight
OUT size type [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
1 3/8” 46 105 30 0.15
045
2 1/2” 46 105 30 0.19
1 3/8” 52 79 30 0.11
050
2 1/2” 52 79 30 0.11
1 1/2” 65 110 41 0.19
2 3/4” 65 110 41 0.22
065
3 3/4” 65 144 41 0.24
4 1” 65 144 41 0.22
1 1/2” 70 95 41 0.18
2 3/4” 70 95 41 0.17
070 3 3/4” 70 141 41 0.23
4 1” 70 141 41 0.22
6 1/2” 70 141 41 0.24
1 1 1/2” 86 143 69 0.33
2 2” 86 143 69 0.30
086 3 1 1/2” 86 201 69 0.43
4 2” 86 201 69 0.40
5 1 1/2” 86 261 69 0.53
6 2” 86 261 69 0.50
1 1 1/4” 99 137 69 0.47
max 8
35 Suction filters
MPA-MPM
Designation & Ordering code
COMPLETE FILTER
Element series Configuration example 1: MPA 030 G1 M60 P01
MPA Without magnetic column Configuration example 2: MPM 430 G2 M250 P01
MPM With magnetic column
Connections
012 3/8”
015 1/2”
025 1/2”
030 3/4”
045 3/4”
050 1”
075 1”
095 1 1/4”
120 1 1/4”
150 1 1/2”
180 1 1/2”
220 2”
280 2”
300 2 1/2”
380 2”
430 3”
Thread type
G1 Thread GAS
G2 Thread NPT
OTHER INFORMATION
Conditions of packaging
Size Pcs. per box
012 12
015 6
025 6
030 6
045 6
050 6
075 6
095 6
120 6
150 6
180 1
220 1
280 1
300 1
380 1
430 1
Suction filters 36
MPA-MPM
Dimensions
OUT MPA
Filter Thread ØD H1 H2 A/F Weight
size [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
012 3/8” 50 98 16 28 0.17
015 1/2” 50 98 16 28 0.17
025 1/2” 70 113 16 28 0.27
030 3/4” 70 115 18 42 0.36
045 3/4” 70 160 18 42 0.39
050 1” 70 160 18 42 0.35
075 1” 99 145 18 42 0.54
095 1 1/4” 99 148 20 60 0.63
120 1 1/4” 99 239 20 60 0.95
150 1 1/2” 99 239 20 60 0.91
180 1 1/2” 130 174 20 60 0.98
220 2” 130 162 13 80 1.00
280 2” 130 272 13 80 1.60
300 2 1/2” 130 281 20 90 1.67
380 2” 130 322 13 80 1.60
430 3” 130 335 22 106 1.93
MPM
OUT
Filter Thread ØD H1 H2 A/F Weight
size [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
012 3/8” 50 98 16 28 0.17
015 1/2” 50 98 16 28 0.17
025 1/2” 70 113 16 28 0.27
030 3/4” 70 115 18 42 0.36
045 3/4” 70 160 18 42 0.39
050 1” 70 160 18 42 0.35
075 1” 99 148 18 42 0.54
095 1 1/4” 99 154 20 60 0.63
120 1 1/4” 99 244 20 60 0.95
150 1 1/2” 99 244 20 60 0.91
180 1 1/2” 130 174 20 60 0.98
220 2” 130 163 13 80 1.00
280 2” 130 273 13 80 1.60
300 2 1/2” 130 282 20 90 1.67
380 2” 130 323 13 80 1.60
430 3” 130 336 22 106 1.93
37 Suction filters
Suction filters 38
Suction filters
39 Suction filters
SF2 250-350 GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data
Weights [kg]
Filter series
SF2 250 2.6
SF2 350 2.6
Suction filters 40
SF2 2 5 0 - 3 5 0
9
SF2 250-350
1” 1 1/4”
6 GENERAL INFORMATION
1 1/2”
Pressure drop
3
6
0.06
1 1/2”
∆p bar
0.03
3
Valves 00
B ypass valve 0pressure drop
30 60 90 120 160
Flow rate l/min
0.3
30
SF2 2 5 0 - 3 5 0
00
90
0 20 40 60 80 100
Flow rate l/min
60
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
30
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style R - S Style Q - H
SF2 250 • •
SF2 350 • •
Aux Aux Aux Aux
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
OUT OUT
IN IN IN IN
41 Suction filters
SF2 250-350
Designation & Ordering code
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: SF2250 W F2 R M25 P01
SF2250 Configuration example 2: SF2350 A G1 S M90 P01
SF2350
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Mxx Pxx
A NBR • •
V FPM • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC •
Z FPM compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC •
Connections Aux (only SF2350) SF2250 SF2350
G1 G 1 1/2” G 1” • •
G2 1 1/2” NPT - •
G3 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN • •
G4 G 1 1/4” - •
G5 1 1/4” NPT - •
G6 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN - •
G7 G 1” - •
G8 1” NPT - •
G9 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN - •
F1 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M - •
F2 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC - •
Bypass valve and magnetic column
R With bypass, with magnetic column Q Without bypass, with magnetic column
S With bypass, without magnetic column H Without bypass, without magnetic column
Filtration rating (filter media)
M25 Wire mesh 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
M60 Wire mesh 60 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
M250 Wire mesh 250 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: SF250 M25 W P01
SF250 Configuration example 2: SF250 M90 N P01
Filtration rating (filter media)
M25 Wire mesh 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
M60 Wire mesh 60 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
M250 Wire mesh 250 µm
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Mxx Pxx
N NBR • •
V FPM • • Execution
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • P01 MP Filtri standard
Z FPM compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Clogging indicators page
VVA Axial vacuum gauge 59
VVR Radial vacuum gauge 59
VEA Electrical vacuum indicator 58
VLA Electrical / visual vacuum indicator 58
Suction filters 42
SF2 250-350
Dimensions
SF2 250
Recommended Threaded connections “G”
clearance space
for maintenance
OUT
Flat seal
6
Total length
immersed in the tank
SF2 250
Recommended Flange connections “F”
clearance space
for maintenance
OUT
Flat seal
6
Total length
immersed in the tank
43 Suction filters
SF2 250-350
Dimensions
SF2 350
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
OUT
Flat seal
6
Total length
immersed in the tank
Aux
OUT Holes on the tank
M10 - 3/8” UNC
Nr. 4 holes
Aux
OUT
Suction filters 44
SPARE PARTS SF2 250-350
Order number for spare parts
3c
3a
3d
3b
45 Suction filters
Suction filters 46
Suction filters
47 Suction filters
SF2 500 GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data
Available features:
- Flanged connections up to 4”, for a maximum flow rate of 800 l/min Elements
- Optional hose fitting installed, to connect the suction line without Fluid flow through the filter element from IN to OUT
the use of flanges
- Magnetic column, to hold the ferrous particles
- Plastic and metal handle, to close the shut-off valve before the cover Seals
removal - Standard NBR series A
- Electrical switch, to signal the closed shut-off valve - Optional FPM series V
- Visual, electrical and electronic clogging indicators
Note
SF2 500 filters mounting,
see the drawings on page
51 and following
Weights [kg]
Filter series
SF2 500-501 4.0
SF2 503 4.8
SF2 504 5.8
SF2 505 6.0
SF2 510 7.2
SF2 535 17
SF2 540 19
Suction filters 48
6
4
4
GENERAL
2
INFORMATION
0
0
2
SF2 500
0 150 300 450Pressure
600 drop
750
0 150 300 450 600 750
Filter housings Δp pressure drop
Filter housings Δp
Filter housings Δp pressure
pressure drop
drop
4 M60 4
22
0.02 4 4 M90
M250
2 2
0 750 000 2 2
00 150
150 300
300 450
450 600
600 750
750
Flow rate l/min 0 0
0 0 0 90 180 270 360 450
F ilt er element Δp pressure drop
0 90 180 270 360 450 0 120 240 360 480 600
FFilt
ilter
er element
element Δp
Δp pressure
pressure drop
drop
Filter element ∆p pressure drop
M60 M60
M90 M60
M60
M90
M250 SF2 503
SF2 504 M25 M90
M90
M25
SF2 504
504
6 SF2 503 M250
SF2 M25 SF2 505 M25
66 66 SF2 505
M25
M25 M250
M250 M25
M25
0.06 0.06 M25 6 SF2 510
0.06 M60 6
6 M60 6
M60 M90
4 M60
M90 M25
44 44
M90 M60
M60 M250
0.04 0.04 M90
M250
M90
M90 4
0.04 M60 4
M250 4 M250 4
∆p bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
M250
M250 M90
2 M250
22
0.02 22
0.02 2
0.02 2
2 2
0
000 0 00 00 0
0 450
00
120
90
90
240
180
180
360
270
270
480
360
360
600
450
450 00 00 120
120 240
240 360
360 480
480 600
600 0 0 60 120 180 240 300
0 60 120 180 240 300 0 60 120 180 240 300
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
∆p bar
∆p bar
M250
M250
M250
2 2 2
0.02 22
0.02 2
0.02
22 2
00 0 0
000 00 0
0 300 00 0 60 120 180 240 300 0 0 150 300 450 600 750 0
150
240
300
480
450
720
600
960
750
1200
00 60
60 120
120 180
180 240
240 300
300 00 60
60 120
120 180
180 240
240 300
300
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
M25 SF2
SF2 540
535 M25 SF2 540
66 SF2
∆p varies proportionally
6
535 with density. M25
M25
M25 6 SF2 540 M60 6
M25
M25
M25
M60
M60
M60
M90 M90
M60 M250
M60 M90
M90
4 M60
M60 M250
44 44
M90 M90 M250
M250
M250 M90
M90
M250
M250
M250
2
22 22
00 750
0
00 0 240 480 720 960 1200
Flow00rates [l/min] Hydraulic symbols
00 150
150 300
300 450
450 600
600 750
750 00 240
240 480
480 720
720 960
960 1200
1200
Filter element design - N Series Filter series
M60 SF2 500 •
Filter series M25 M90
M250
SF2 500 219 234 OUT
49 Suction filters
SF2 500 SF2500 - SF2501 - SF2503 - SF2504 - SF2505 - SF2510 - SF2535 - SF2540
Designation & Ordering code
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: SF2500 W F1 D M25 P01
SF2500 Configuration example 2: SF2535 A F2 C M60 P01
SF2501
SF2503
SF2504
SF2505
SF2510
SF2535
SF2540 Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Mxx Pxx
A NBR • •
V FPM • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC •
Z FPM compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC •
Connections
SF2500 - SF2505 SF2501 - SF2510 SF2503 - SF2535 SF2504 - SF2540
F1 2” SAE 3000 psi/M 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M 3” SAE 3000 psi/M 4” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 3” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
C1 Hose barb 2”/M Hose barb 2 1/2”/M Hose barb 3”/M Hose barb 4”/M
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: SF510 M25 W P01
SF2500 SF2501 SF2503 SF2504 SF2505 SF2510 SF2535 SF2540 Configuration example 2: SF535 M60 P01
SF503 •
SF504 •
SF505 •
SF510 • • •
SF535 •
SF540 •
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Mxx Pxx
Standard version • •
W Compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • Execution
P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Clogging indicators page
VVA Axial vacuum gauge 59
VVR Radial vacuum gauge 59
VEA Electrical vacuum indicator 58
VLA Electrical / visual vacuum indicator 58
Suction filters 50
SF2500 - SF2501 - SF2503 - SF2504 - SF2505 - SF2510 - SF2535 - SF2540 SF2 500
Dimensions
SF2500
Connection C1
with microswitch
Recommended
with handwheel
clearance space
OUT for maintenance
Seal O-Ring
Total length
immersed in the tank
SF2501
Connection C1
with microswitch
with handwheel
Recommended
clearance space
OUT for maintenance
Seal O-Ring
Total length
immersed in the tank
51 Suction filters
SF2 500 SF2500 - SF2501 - SF2503 - SF2504 - SF2505 - SF2510 - SF2535 - SF2540
Dimensions
SF2503
Recommended
clearance space
with microswitch
with handwheel
OUT for maintenance
Flat seal
2
Connection C1
Total length
immersed in the tank
SF2504
Recommended
clearance space
with microswitch
with handwheel
for maintenance
OUT
Flat seal
2
Connection C1
Total length
immersed in the tank
Suction filters 52
SF2500 - SF2501 - SF2503 - SF2504 - SF2505 - SF2510 - SF2535 - SF2540 SF2 500
Dimensions
SF2505
Connection C1
Recommended
clearance space
with microswitch
OUT for maintenance
Total length
immersed in the tank
Flat seal
2
R 1/4” Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank
M8 - 5/16” UNC
R 1/4” Connection for Nr. 6 holes
clogging indicator
SF2510
Connection C1
Recommended
clearance space
with microswitch
Total length
immersed in the tank
Flat seal
2
53 Suction filters
SF2 500 SF2500 - SF2501 - SF2503 - SF2504 - SF2505 - SF2510 - SF2535 - SF2540
Dimensions
SF2535
Recommended
clearance space
OUT for maintenance
with microswitch
Connection C1
Welding flange
Flat seal
2
Total length
immersed
in the tank
R 1/4” Connection for
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank
M12 - 7/16” UNC
R 1/4” Connection for Nr. 6 holes
clogging indicator
SF2540
Recommended
clearance space
OUT for maintenance
with microswitch
Total length
immersed
in the tank
R 1/4” Connection for
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank
M12 - 7/16” UNC
Nr. 6 holes
Suction filters 54
SPARE PARTS SF2 500
Order number for spare parts
3d
3b
3b
3a
3a
3g
3g
2
2
3f
3e
3e
3f
SF2 505 3c
SF2 510
SF2 535
SF2 540
3b
3a
3g
55 Suction filters
Suction filters 56
Suction filters
Clogging indicators
Vacuum indicators
Introduction
Filter elements are efficient only if their Dirt Holding Capacity is fully exploited.
This is achieved by using filter housings equipped with clogging indicators.
These devices trip when the clogging of the filter element causes an increase
in pressure drop across the filter element.
The indicator is set to alarm before the element becomes fully clogged.
MP Filtri can supply vacuum indicators with a visual, electrical or both signals.
VACUUM INDICATORS
OUT OUT OUT
Vacuum indicators are used on the Suction line to check the
efficiency of the filter element. 1
2
1
2
3 3
They measure the pressure downstream of the filter element.
Standard items are produced with R 1/4” EN 10226 connection.
Available products with R 1/8” EN 10226 to be fitted on MPS
series.
IN IN IN
57 Suction filters
VACUUM INDICATORS
12
12
12
Dimensions
R R
Technical data
- Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
- Max working pressure: 4 10 bar 4
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
77
2
77
73
1
1 3 - Degree of protection: 1 IP65 according to EN 60529 1
2 2 2
Electrical data
77
77
73
5
A/F 27 - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
Max tightening - Resistive load: 5 A / 14 Vdc
12
12
12
R 1 R 1 2 4 A / 250 Vac R
3 - Available Atex product: II 1GD Ex ia IIC Tx Ex ia IIIC Tx°C X
12
12
12
2 - CE certification1
1
3 2
R R R
VL*51 - VL*52 - VL*53 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
- Body: Brass
Electrical/Visual Vacuum Indicator 5
- Base: Transparent Nylon
R Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Brass - Nylon
EN 10226 - R1/4” VL A 21 A A xx P01 1 - Seal: NBR
3
4 4
Technical data
- Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
3 Electrical3 symbol - Max working pressure: 10 bar 3
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
1 4 1 1
- Working temperature:4 From -25 °C to +80 °C
2 2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral
2 oils, Synthetic fluids
77
GREEN RED
HFA,5 HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
73
LAMP LAMP
3 3
2
- Degree of protection: 3 IP65 according to EN 60529
1
1 1 1 1
GREEN3 Electrical data 2
77
2 2 2
A/F 27
- Electrical connection:
3 EN 175301-803
Max tightening - Type 4 5 51 52 53
12
12
12
R VL*71 R
Hydraulic symbol Materials
- Body: Brass
Electrical/Visual Vacuum Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
Connections Indicator code 2 - Contacts: Silver
EN 10226 - R1/4” VL A 21 A A 71 P01 1 - Seal: NBR
3
4 4
Technical data
- Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
3 3Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 10 bar
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
1 1
4 4 - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
2 2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
73
GREEN RED
LAMP LAMP
5
3 3 2
- Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
1
1
1 1
GREEN RED GREEN
LAMP
3
RED
LAMP
Electrical data 2
LAMP LAMP
2 A/F 27 2 - Electrical connection:
3 IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
Max tightening 5 - Lamps 4 24 Vdc
12
Suction filters 58
VACUUM INDICATORS
Dimensions
Technical data
A/FR14 - Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar
Yellow
18ø43
-12 -0.16
-18 -0.24
24
2
-76 1 -1.01 2
1
VVR 3
Hydraulic symbol Materials
Radial Vacuum Gauge - Case: Painted Steel
R Ordering code - Window: Transparent plastic
EN 10226 - R1/4” V V R 16 P01 - Dial: Painted Steel
- Pointer: Painted Aluminium
Dial scale - Pressure connection: Brass
Red 2 - Pressure element: Bourdon tube Cu-alloy soft soldered
1
Technical data
ø53
Fluctuating: 6 bar
Short time: 10 bar
A/F 14 Green - Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C
ø53 18
-12 1 -0.16 1
-18 3 -0.24 2
1828
2
R -76 1 -1.01 2
3
1
4
3
R 5
28
28
Type VE - VL Type VV
A Connection EN 10226 - R1/4” A Axial connection EN 10226 - R1/4”
R Radial connection EN 10226 - R1/4”
Vacuum setting VE VL VV
16 0.16 bar •
21 0.21 bar 2 • •
1
1
Seals 3 VE VL VV 2
A NBR • • 3
4
Thermostat VE VL VV 5
A Without • •
Electrical connections VE VL VV
50 Connection EN 175301-803 •
51 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 24 Vdc • Option
52 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 110 Vdc • P01 MP Filtri standard
53 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 230 Vdc • Pxx Customized
71 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12), black base with lamps 24 Vdc •
59 Suction filters
Return filters are used as process and safety filters to protect pumps
and hydraulic circuits from contamination as per ISO 4406.
FILTER SIZING
For the proper corrective factor Y see chapter at page 24
Return filters 60
Return filters
61 Return filters
THE NEW FILTER CONCEPT
MFX
With exclusive filter element you are sure that only MP Filtri filter
elements can be used, ensuring the best cleaning level of the oil
due to the use of originals filter elements.
series
Return filters 62
Return filters
MPFX series
Maximum working pressure up to 800 kPa (8 bar) - Flow rate up to 750 l/min
63 Return filters
MPFX GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data
Common applications:
- Light Industrial equipment
- Mobile application
Return filters 64
G 1 1/4”
0.10 G 3/4” 0.20
0.05 0.10 G 1/2” 2.5
MPFX
G 3/4”
0 0.05
0 1.25 0.10 G 1/2”
0 16 32 48 64 80
GENERAL INFORMATION
0
0 60 120 180 240 300
0 0
0 16 32 48 64 80 0 0 16 32 60 120 48 180
Valves
Pressure drop
Valves
0.60 MPFX 181 - 182 - 184
0.40 Bypass191
MPFX valve pressure
- 192 - 194 drop Bypass Valves
valve pressure drop
0.20 G 1” 0.40 Filter housings
MPFX ∆p
100 pressure
- 104 - 110 drop
MPFX 030 MPFX 100 - 104 - 110 Length 1 - 2 6 Bypass181
valve pressure
0.45 0.20 MPFX 030 0.60 0.40 030 MPFX - 182 - 184 drop
MPFX MPFX 18x MPFX 191 - 1923 bar
- 194
0.30 5 G 1” MPFX 030
0.15 G 1 1/4”G 1” 0.30 5 0.40
MPFX 030 1.75 ba
G 3/4” 3 bar G 1” 4.5 MPFX 030
0.30 0.15 0.45 0.30 5 3
0.20 3.75 G 1”
0.10 G 1/2” 0.20 G 1 1/4” 3.75 0.30
G 3/4” 1.75 bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
G 1 1/4” 3 1.75 b
0.15 0.10 G 3/4” 0.30 0.20 MPFXG 19x
1 1/4” 3.75
0.10 G 1/2” 2.5 G 3/4”
0.05 0.10 G 1/2” G 1/2” 2.5 0.20
G 1 1/4”
G 3/4” 1.5
0 0.05 0.15 0.10 G 1/2” 2.5
0 00 42 84 126 168 210 1.25 0.10
0 1.25
0 60 120 180 240 300
0 16 32 48 64 80 0 60
80 120
160 180
240 240320 300400 0
0 0 0 0 1.25 70 140 210
0 16 32 48 64 80 0 0Valves 0 42 6084 120126 180168 240210 300 0
0
Flow rate l/min 0 16 32 rate l/min
Flow 48 64 80 0 80 160 48 240
0 16 32
0.40 Bypass valve pressure drop 0
MPFX 181 - 182 - 184 Valves 0 16 32 4
0.60 MPFX 191 - 192 - 194 0.60 MPFX 181 - 182 - 184 MPFX 181 - 182 - 184
0.40 MPFX 100 - 104 - 110 Length 3 - 4 MPFX 030
Bypass191 -- 192
valve -- 194
pressure MPFX 191 - 192 - 194
0.30 G 1” 5 MPFX 100 104 110 drop
0.40
0.60 G 1” 60.40 MPFX 181 - 182 - 184 G 1 1/2” 8 MPFX 100 - 104 - 110
MPFX 191 - 192 - 194 6
0.45 MPFX
G 1”18x 0.45 0.40 3 bar 3 bar 0.60
G 1 1/4” MPFX 18x MPFX 100 - 104 - 110
3 bar
0.30 MPFX 030 6
0.20
0.30 G 1 1/4” 3.75
54.5
0.30 1.75 bar 6
0.45 G 1” GMPFX
2” 18x 1.75 ba
3 bar
G 3/4” 1.75 bar 4.5
0.30 G 1 1/4” 0.30 0.30 3 bar 0.45 G1
∆p bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
G 1 1/4” 3
4.5 1.75 bar
G 1 1/4”
2.5
0.30 G 3/4” MPFX 19x 0.20 3 0.30
0.10 0.30
2.5 1.75 barG 2” G 2” 6 G
G 1/2” 4
0.10
0.20 0.30 4
1.25
0.15 31.5
0.10 1.5 0.20
MPFX 19x 0.15 4
300 0 1.25
0 0 60 120 180 240 300 2
0.10 0.15 2
0 80 160 240 320 400 00
1.5
00 0 0.10
2
00 16
140 32
280 48
420 64
560 80
700 0 00 70
140 140
280 420210 280
560 350
700
0 0 180 360 540 72
0 Valves 00 140
16 280
32 42048 560
64 700
80 0
Flow rate l/min 00 80 Flow
160 rate l/min
240 320 400
0 Bypass valve 160 drop 240
80 pressure 320 400 0 0 140 280 420 560 700 00 80 160 240
0 70 140 210 280 350 0 0 140 280 420
MPFX 181 - 182 - 184 0 80 160 24
0.60 MPFX 191
100 - 192
104 - 194
110 MPFX 181 - 182 - 184 Bypass valve pressure drop
6
0.40 MPFX 030 MPFX 100
191 - 104
192 - 110
194
5 G 1 1/2” 68 MPFX 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
1”8x 0.40
3 bar
6 MPFX 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
MPFX 18x
3 bar 0.40 3 bar 6
0.45
0.60
4.5
0.30 1.75 bar
G 1 1/4” MPFX 181 - 182 - 184 33 bar
bar
MPFX 191 - 192 - 194 1.75 bar MPFX 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 7
3.75 G 1 1/2” G 2” 84.5
6 0.40 6
0.30 1.75 bar G 1 1/2” 4.5
1 1/4” 0.30 G 1 1/2” 4.5
0.30
0.45 G G1 11/4”
1/4” 1.75 bar1.75
3
0.20 G 1 1/4” 3 bar bar 1.75
∆p bar
∆p bar
9x 2.5
MPFX 19x
G 2” 634 0.30 G 1 1/2” 4.5
0.20 3 G 1 1/4”
G 2” 0.20 3
0.15
0.30
1.5
0.10 1.75 barG 2”
1.25 41.5
2 0.20 3
300 0.10 1.5 G 2”
0.10 1.5
400 00
0.15
0 00 140
70
80 280
140
160 420
240
210 560
280
320 700
350
400 20 0.10 1.5
0 0 16 32 48 64 80 0 0 70
80 140
160 210
240 280
320 350
400
0 0
0 140 280 420
Flow rate l/min 560 700 0 180 360
Flow 540l/min 720560 900
0 0 140 280 rate420 700 0 180 360 540 72
0 140 280 420 560 700 0 0 0
0 0 80 140160 280 240 420 320 560
400 700 0 180 360 540
MPFX 181
100 --- 192
MPFX 191 182
104 --- 194
184
110
0.60 MPFX MPFX 400
181 - 410
182 - 450
184 - 451 - 750
86
0.40 6 MPFX 191 - 192 - 194
18x 3 bar G 1 1/2” 8 3 bar
3 bar
1.75 bar MPFX 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
G 2” 64.5
0.45
0.30
0.40 G 1 1/4” G 1 1/2” 64.5
3 bar
G 1 1/4” G 2” 6 1.753bar
bar
1.75 bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
19x 43
0.30
0.20
0.30 G 1 1/2” 3
4.5 1.75 bar
G 1 1/4” G 2” 4 1.75 bar
21.5
0.15
0.10
0.20 31.5
G 2” 2
700
400 0
00
0.10 0
1.5
00 140
70 280
140 420
210 560
280 700
350 0
0 80
140 160
280 420240 320
560 400
700 0 180 360 540 720 900
Flow rate l/min 0 80 160 rate l/min
Flow 240 320 400
0 0
The curves0 are plotted
140 280 mineral
using 560density700
420 oil with of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance
0 180 with360
ISO 3968.
540 720 900
MPFX 400
MPFX 181 -- 410
182 -- 450
184 - 451 - 750
∆p varies
6 proportionally with
MPFX 191 - 192 - 194 density.
MPFX 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
8
0.40 3 bar 6 65 Return filters
3 bar 3 bar
” 4.5
MPFX GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]
1 18 20 53 56 65 153 87 96
MPFX 2 28 38 65 75 95 158 111 123
100-104-110 3 48 55 125 135 169 289 224 251
4 79 89 180 185 198 306 264 289
MPFX 1 127 148 235 243 278 441 285 299
181-182-184 2 231 262 358 382 388 472 404 412
MPFX 2 261 305 489 528 546 696 583 598
191-192-194
1 150 171 294 304 350 585 370 390
MPFX 400 2 237 252 454 462 589 868 619 645
3 248 288 553 609 621 885 680 703
MPFX 750 1 392 465 623 700 769 929 804 819
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection Style 2 connections
MPFX 030 •
MPFX 100 •
MPFX 104 •
MPFX 110 •
MPFX 181 •
MPFX 182 •
MPFX 184 • •
MPFX 191 •
MPFX 192 •
MPFX 194 • •
MPFX 400 •
MPFX 410 •
MPFX 450 •
MPFX 451 •
MPFX 750 •
Aux
IN IN IN
Return filters 66
GENERAL INFORMATION MPFX
Multiport
67 Return filters
MPFX MPFX030
Designation & Ordering code
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPFX030 1 V G1 M25 N B P01
MPFX030 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX030 1 A G4 A10 H E P01
Length
1
Seals and treatments
A NBR
V FPM
W NBR head anodized
Z FPM head anodized
Connections
G1 G 1/2”
G4 1/2” NPT
G7 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber M25 Wire mesh
A06 Inorganic microfiber M60 Wire mesh
A10 Inorganic microfiber M90 Wire mesh
A16 Inorganic microfiber P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber P25 Resin impregnated paper
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX030 1 M25 N V P01
MFX030 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX030 1 A10 H B E P01
Element length
1
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
Return filters 68
MPFX030 MPFX
Dimensions
MPFX030
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
O-Ring seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
Holes on the tank
IN
69 Return filters
MPFX MPFX100 - MPFX104
Designation & Ordering code
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPFX100 2 W G3 A06 W B P01
MPFX100 MPFX104 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX104 4 A G8 P10 N E P01
Length
1 2 3 4
Seals and treatments
A NBR
V FPM
W NBR head anodized
Z FPM head anodized
Connections Size 100 Size 104 Connections Size 100 Size 104
G1 G 1/2” • • G7 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF • •
G2 G 3/4” • • G8 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN • •
G3 G 1” • • G9 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN • •
G4 1/2” NPT • • G10 G 1 1/4” •
G5 3/4” NPT • • G11 1 1/4” NPT •
G6 1” NPT • • G12 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN •
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX100 2 A06 W B P01
MFX100 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX100 4 P10 N B E P01
Element length
1 2 3 4
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249 DPT Dipstick 249
Return filters 70
MPFX100 - MPFX104 MPFX
Dimensions
H2 - Recommended
MPFX100
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 102 120
2 147 170
IN 3 225 250
4 327 350
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator Holes on the tank
IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
M8 - 5/16” UNC
T - Optional connection Nr. 2 holes
for clogging indicator
MPFX104
H2 - Recommended
clearance space Filter H1 H2
for maintenance
length [mm] [mm]
1 100 120
2 145 170
IN 3 223 250
4 325 350
Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
T - Optional T - Optional
connection for connection for
clogging indicator clogging indicator M8 - 5/16” UNC Holes on the tank
Nr. 4 holes
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
71 Return filters
MPFX MPFX110
Designation & Ordering code
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size
Configuration example 1: MPFX110 3 Z G4 2 M25 W B P01
MPFX110 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX110 4 A G8 1 P10 N E P01
Length
1 2 3 4
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX100 3 M25 W V P01
MFX100 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX100 4 P10 N B E P01
Element length
1 2 3 4
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249 DPT Dipstick 249
Return filters 72
MPFX110 MPFX
Dimensions
MPFX110
H2 - Recommended
clearance space Filter H1 H2
for maintenance length [mm] [mm]
1 102 120
2 147 170
IN 3 225 250
4 327 350
OUT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank
IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
73 Return filters
MPFX MPFX181 - MPFX191
Designation & Ordering code
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPFX181 1 A G1 A25 H E P01
MPFX181 MPFX191 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX191 2 V G2 P10 N B P01
Length Size 181 Size 191
1 •
2 • •
Connections
G1 G 1 1/4” G5 1 1/2” NPT
G2 G 1 1/2” G7 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G4 1 1/4” NPT G8 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX180 1 A25 H B E P01
MFX180 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX180 2 P10 N V P01
Element length
1
2
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
Return filters 74
MPFX181 - MPFX191 MPFX
Dimensions
H2 - Recommended MPFX181
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 235 255
IN 2 448 475
Connections H3
O-Ring seal [mm]
G1 - G4 - G7 35
G2 - G5 - G8 37
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
Holes on the tank
Option for 3 and 4 screws
T - Optional connection Nr. 3 holes at 120°
for clogging indicator
IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator
Recommended MPFX191
clearance space
for maintenance Connections H3
[mm]
G1 - G4 - G7 35
IN G2 - G5 - G8 37
O-Ring seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
455 455
38
38
OUT
Holes on the tank
Option for 3 and 4 screws
T - Optional connection Nr. 3 holes at 120°
for clogging indicator
IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator
75 Return filters
MPFX MPFX182 - MPFX192
Designation & Ordering code
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPFX182 1 A G1 1 A25 H E P01
MPFX182 MPFX192 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX192 2 V G4 2 P10 N B P01
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX180 1 A25 H B E P01
MFX180 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX180 2 P10 N V P01
Element length
1
2
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
Return filters 76
MPFX182 - MPFX192 MPFX
Dimensions
H2 - Recommended MPFX182
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 235 255
IN 2 448 475
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
Holes on the tank
Option for 3 and 4 screws
T - Optional connection Nr. 3 holes at 120°
for clogging indicator
IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator
Recommended
MPFX192
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
O-Ring seal
Total length
455 455
OUT
Holes on the tank
Option for 3 and 4 screws
T - Optional connection Nr. 3 holes at 120°
for clogging indicator
IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator
77 Return filters
MPFX MPFX184 - MPFX194
Designation & Ordering code
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPFX184 1 A G1 A25 H E P01
MPFX184 MPFX194 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX194 2 V F3 P10 N B P01
Length Size 184 Size 194
1 •
2 • •
Seals and treatments
A NBR W NBR head anodized
V FPM Z FPM head anodized
Return filters 78
MPFX184 - MPFX194 MPFX
Dimensions
MPFX184
H2 - Recommended 1 connection port
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 232 260
2 445 480
IN
Connection T
O-Ring seal G1 G 1/8”
H1 - Total length
G4 - G7 - G10 1/8” NPT
immersed in the tank G13 G 1/8”
G15 - F1 - F2 1/8” NPT
OUT
T - Connection for Holes on the tank
clogging indicator
Nr. 4 holes
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
MPFX184
H2 - Recommended 2 connection ports
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 232 260
2 445 480
IN IN
Connection T
O-Ring seal G2 G 1/8”
H1 - Total length G5 - G8 - G11 1/8” NPT
immersed in the tank G14 G 1/8”
G16 - F3 - F4 1/8” NPT
OUT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank
Nr. 4 holes
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
79 Return filters
MPFX MPFX184 - MPFX194
Dimensions
MPFX194
Recommended 1 connection port
clearance space
for maintenance Connections T
G1 G 1/8”
G4 - G7 - G10 1/8” NPT
IN G13 G 1/8”
G15 - F1 - F2 1/8” NPT
O-Ring seal
452 452
Total length
immersed in the tank
38 38
OUT
T - Connection for Holes on the tank
clogging indicator
Nr. 4 holes
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Recommended
MPFX194
clearance space 2 connection ports
for maintenance
Connections T
G2 G 1/8”
IN IN G5 - G8 - G11 1/8” NPT
G14 G 1/8”
G16 - F3 - F4 1/8” NPT
O-Ring seal
Total length
452 452
OUT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank
Nr. 4 holes
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Return filters 80
MPFX
81 Return filters
MPFX MPFX400
Designation & Ordering code
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPFX400 1 A G9 A25 H B P01
MPFX400 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX400 2 V G4 P10 N E P01
Length
1 2 3
Connections
G1 G 1 1/4” G6 2” NPT
G2 G 1 1/2” G7 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G3 G 2” G8 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
G4 1 1/4” NPT G9 SAE 32 - 2 1/2” - 12 UN
G5 1 1/2” NPT
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX400 1 A25 H B P01
MFX400 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX400 2 P10 N V E P01
Element length
1 2 3
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Return filters 82
MPFX400 MPFX
Dimensions
MPFX400
H2 - Recommended Filter H1 H2 D
clearance space length [mm] [mm] [mm]
for maintenance
1 187 210 50
2 252 270 63
3 300 315 63
IN
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
83 Return filters
MPFX MPFX410
Designation & Ordering code
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPFX410 1 V G4 1 P10 N E P01
MPFX410 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX410 1 A G1 1 A25 H B P01
Length
1 2 3
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX400 1 P10 N V E P01
MFX400 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX400 1 A25 H B P01
Element length
1 2 3
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Return filters 84
MPFX410 MPFX
Dimensions
MPFX410
H2 - Recommended Filter H1 H2 D
clearance space length [mm] [mm] [mm]
for maintenance
1 187 210 50
2 252 270 63
3 300 315 63
IN
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
85 Return filters
MPFX MPFX450 - MPFX451 - MPFX750
Designation & Ordering code
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPFX450 1 A G1 A25 H B P01
MPFX450 MPFX451 MPFX750 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPFX750 1 V F2 P10 N E P01
Length MPFX 450 MPFX 451 MPFX 750
1 • • •
2 • •
3 • •
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX400 1 A25 H B P01
MFX400 MFX750 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX750 1 P10 N V E P01
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Return filters 86
MPFX450 - MPFX451 - MPFX750 MPFX
Dimensions
H2 - Recommended MPFX450
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2 D
length [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 187 210 50
IN 2 252 270 63
3 300 315 63
OUT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
H2 - Recommended
MPFX451
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2 D
length [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 187 210 50
2 252 270 63
IN 3 300 315 63
Connections T
O-Ring seal
G1 G 1/8”
H1 - Total length G4 - G7 1/8” NPT
immersed in the tank
F1 G 1/8”
F2 1/8” NPT
OUT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
87 Return filters
MPFX MPFX450 - MPFX451 - MPFX750
Dimensions
MPFX750
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
O-Ring seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
Return filters 88
SPARE PARTS MPFX
Order number for spare parts
MPFX 100 MPFX 181
O-RING SEAL
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
MPFX 030 02050675 02050676
MPFX 100-110 02050677 02050678
MPFX 181-182 02050681 02050682
MPFX 184 See 02050685 02050686
MPFX 191-192 order 02050683 02050684
MPFX 194 table 02050687 02050688
MPFX 400-410 02050695 02050696
MPFX 450-451 02050697 02050698
MPFX 750 02050699 02050700
FLAT SEAL
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
MPFX 104 See 02050679 02050680
MPFX 181-182 order 02050691 02050692
MPFX 191-192 table 02050691 02050692
89 Return filters
Return filters 90
Return filters
MPLX series
Maximum working pressure up to 1 MPa (10 bar) - Flow rate up to 1800 l/min
91 Return filters
MPLX GENERAL INFORMATION
Technical data
Return filters 92
10
Δp bar
0.5
Δp bar 0.5
MPLX
0.5
GENERAL INFORMATION
5
0.0
*
0.0
*
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0.0 0
800 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Pressure drop
0 100
Filter housings
MPLX 250 MPLX 660MPLX 250 MPLX 660
1.0
MPLX 250
0.5
MPLX15250
∆p pressure15 drop
1.0 15
10
∆p bar
∆p bar
10
0.5
0.5
5 5
5
0.0 0.0 0 0
800 0.0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 00 0200 400
100 600 200 800 1000
300 400 1400 500 1600
1200 600 0 200
0 100 200 300 400 500l/min600
Flow rate 700 800 0 100 200 Flow rate
300 l/min 400 500 600
10
∆p bar
∆p bar
5
5 5
0.0 0
0.0 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
800 0 0200 400
100 600 200 800 1000
300 1200
400 1400 500 1600 600 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p 15 MPLXproportionally
varies 660 with density.
0
1600 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection + Diff. indic.
MPLX 250 •
MPLX 660 •
IN
D.I.
OUT
93 Return filters
MPLX MPLX250 - MPLX660
Designation & Ordering code
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPLX250 2 D S W A 6 M25 P01
MPLX250 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPLX660 2 D D A B 6 A10 P01
MPLX660 Filter element with private spigot
Length
2
By-pass valve
D 4.5 bar
Diffuser
S Without diffuser
D With standard diffuser
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR filter element compatible • •
Z FPM with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MLX250 2 M25 W P01
MLX250 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MLX660 2 A10 A P01
MLX660 Filter element with private spigot
Element length
2
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
Execution
W NBR filter element compatible • • P01 MP Filtri standard
Z FPM with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 242 DTA Electronic differential indicator 245
DEM Electrical differential indicator 242-243 DVA Visual differential indicator 245
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 243-244 DVM Visual differential indicator 245
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 244
Additional features page
T2 Plug 246
Return filters 94
MPLX250 MPLX
Dimensions
H3 - Recommended MPLX250
92 89 clearance space with diffuser
for maintenance
8
Filter H1 H3
length [mm] [mm]
2 422 350
Drain plug
132
IN
53
O-Ring
14
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
A/F 55
A/F 69
Ø120
Ø170
IN
197
30°
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug
MPLX250
H3 - Recommended without diffuser
92 89 clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H3
length [mm] [mm]
8
2 325 350
Drain plug
132
IN
53
14
O-Ring
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
A/F 55
IN
197
30°
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug
95 Return filters
MPLX MPLX660
Dimensions
H3 - Recommended
MPLX660
clearance space with diffuser
127 117 for maintenance Filter H1 H3
8
length [mm] [mm]
2 563 445
Drain plug
165
IN
71
O-Ring seal
19
H1 - Total length
immersed
in the tank
A/F 95
A/F 100
Ø225.4
Ø185
255
IN
30°
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug
MPLX660
without diffuser
H3 - Recommended Filter H1 H3
clearance space
127 117 for maintenance length [mm] [mm]
8
2 429 445
Drain plug
165
IN
71
O-Ring seal
19
H1 - Total length
immersed
in the tank
A/F 95
IN
30°
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug
Return filters 96
SPARE PARTS MPLX
Order number for spare parts
97 Return filters
Return filters 98
Return filters
MPTX series
Maximum working pressure up to 800 kPa (8 bar) - Flow rate up to 300 l/min
99 Return filters
MPTX GENERAL INFORMATION
Description Technical data
Common applications:
- Light industrial equipment
- Mobile application
MPTX
G 3/4” MPTX 025 - 027 MPTX 025 - 027
GENERAL INFORMATION
0.30 5 0.02
0.15 3 bar 3.75
∆p bar
MPTX 025 - 027 MPTX 025 - 027
0.30 G 1 1/4” 0.30 5 0.02
G 3/4” MPTX 110 - 114 - 116 - 120
0.30 3 bar 6
MPTX 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 MPTX 110 - 114 3 bar
0.15 0.15 6
3.75 0.02
0.015
3 bar 1.75 bar 4.5
0.15 2
1.75 bar
0 0 4.5
2.5 0.015
0.01 1
0 - 027 18
MPTX 025 36 54 72 90 0 42 84 126 168 210 3
0.60 0 Valves Air breather
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
0 42 84 126 168 210 3
1.25 0.01
0.005
Bypass valve pressure drop Pressure drop
0.45 G 3/8” G 1/2” 1.5
0.60 0.40
MPTX 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 - Length 3 - 4 01.5 0.005
0
0.40 G 3/4”G 1” MPTX 025
0 - 027 16 MPTX
0.30 50.30
32 48 64 80
0.02 0 025
0 - 027 40 80 120
0.45 21
0 70 140
0 3 bar G 1” 0
0.30 G 3/4” G 1 1/4” 2
0 70 140 210 280 350 0 60 120 180
0.15 0.30 G 1” 3.75
0.20 0.015 1
MPTX 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 1.75 bar MPTX 110 - 114
∆p bar
6 0.02
0.20
G 3/4” 3 bar G 1 1/4” 1: C With air breather 10
0 0.15 2.5
0.10 0.01
1.75 bar 2 S
2: D With anti-splash and
0 18 36 54 G 3/4” 72 90G 1 1/4” 0.015
4.5 1
0.10
0 1.25
0 0.005
0 42 84 126 168 210 03 60 120 180 240 300 0.01
0.60 0
Valves 0 60 120 180 240 300 Air breather
0 0
G 1”
Flow rate l/min 0 16 32 48 64 80 0
0.005 40 80 120 16
Valvesvalve pressure drop
Bypass
0.45 Pressure drop 1.5
Air breather
0.40
Bypass valve pressure drop G 1 1/4” Pressure drop
G 3/4”
0.30 0.30 MPTX 025 - 027 0.40 0 Bypass
0 valve pressure drop
MPTX
MPTX 110
0250 - -027
114 - 116
70 - 120 140 210 280 350 MPTX 110
0 - 114 60 120 180
5
0.40 0.02 6 0.02
MPTX 025 - 027 G 1” MPTX 025 - 027
5 0.02 3 bar
0.15 3 bar 0.30 2 2
0.20 1.75 bar
3.75 3 bar 0.0154.5 0.015 1: C With air breather 10
0.30 21 1 and S
2: D With anti-splash
3.75 G 3/4” 1.75 bar G 1 1/4” 0.015
0.20 1
0 0.10
∆p bar
∆p bar
1.75 bar
0 2.5 42 84 126 168 210 0.01 3 0.01
0.20
2.5 0.01 G 1 1/4”
0.10
0
1.25 0 60 120 180 240 G 1 1/4”
300 0.0051.5 0.005
0.40 0.10
1.25 0.005
0 *
0.30 0
0 * 0 0 0 60 120 180
210
240
280
300 0
0 60 120 180 24
0 00
Air breather 16
60 32
120 48
180 24064 30080 0 00 4070 80140 120 160 200 350
0 16 Flow
32 rate l/min
48 G 1” 64 80 0 40 Flow
80 rate l/min
120 160 200
Pressure drop
0.20 0.40
1: C With air breather 10 µ m
MPTX 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 MPTX 110 - 114 2: D With anti-splash and SAP50
6 G 3/4” G 1 1/4” 0.02 Air breather pressure drop
0.10 0.30 MPTX
MPTX 110
025 - 114 - 116 - 120
- 027 3 bar MPTX 110 - 114
0.02 6 0.02
3 bar 1.75 bar 2
4.5 2 0.015
0 0.20 1.75 bar 21
0 4.5 60
0.015 120 180 240 1 300 0.015 1
3 G 1 1/4” 0.01
0.10
∆p bar
∆p bar
0.01 3 0.01
0
1.5 * 0.005
0.0051.50 60 120 180 240 300 0.005
0.40
0 0
210 280 0 60 120 180 240 300
0 0 0 70 140 350 0
0.30
80 0 0 4070 80140 120210 160280 200 350 0 60 120 180 240 300
Flow rate l N /min Flow rate l N /min
1: C With air breather 10 µ m
0.20 2: 1:
D C With anti-splash and
1 C With air breather 10 μm With air breather 10SAP50
µ m 10 µm
MPTX 110 - 114 2: D With anti-splash and SAP50 10 µm
2 0.02
D With anti-splash and SAP50 10 μm
G 1 1/4”
0.10
2
0 *
0.015 1
The curves
0 are
60 plotted
120 using180
mineral240oil with300density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
0.01
0.005
0
350 0 60 120 180 240 300
1 18 20 53 56 65 153 87 96
MPTX 2 28 38 65 75 95 158 111 123
110-120
114-116 3 48 55 125 135 169 289 224 251
4 79 89 180 185 198 306 264 289
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection Style 2 connections Style 3 connections
MPTX 025 •
MPTX 027 •
MPTX 110 •
MPTX 114 •
MPTX 116 •
MPTX 120 •
Aux Aux
IN IN IN IN IN1 IN2
Multiport - Multifunction
MPTX 110
Standard - Single IN Port Double IN Port - Double indicator port
MPTX 120
Triple IN port
Option: double drain port
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPTX025 1 S A G3 A10 E P01
MPTX025 MPTX027 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPTX027 3 C W G6 A03 B P01
Length
1 2 3
Air breather
S Without air breather
C With air breather 10 µm
D With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
P With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm, pressurization 0.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
G1 G 3/8” G6 3/4” NPT
G2 G 1/2” G7 SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF
G3 G 3/4” G8 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G4 3/8” NPT G9 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G5 1/2” NPT
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm Bypass valve Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 2: MFX020 1 A10 H B E P01
MFX020 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 1: MFX020 3 A03 W B P01
Element length
1 2 3
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
DPT Dipstick 249
IN
Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
MPTX025
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 99 130
2 163 195
3 202 230
Connections T
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Nr. 2 holes
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPTX110 1 S A G1 0 A06 E P01
MPTX110 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPTX110 3 P V G4 1 M25 B P01
Length
1 2 3 4
Air breather
S Without air breather
C With air breather 10 µm
D With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
P With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm, pressurization 0.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Main Connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2 Main Connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2
G1 G 3/4” G6 1 1/4” NPT 3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G2 G 1” G 3/8” G 1/2” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G3 G 1 1/4” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G4 3/4” NPT G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G5 1” NPT
Aux connection - see previous table
0 Not machined 1 Aux size 1 2 Aux size 2
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm Bypass valve Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX100 1 A06 H B E P01
MFX100 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX100 3 M25 N V P01
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 DPT Dipstick 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249
MPTX110
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 99 120
2 144 170
3 222 250
4 324 350
Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
Versions Version Version
D/P C S
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Nr. 2 holes
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPTX114 4 S A G3 A10 E P01
MPTX114 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPTX114 3 C W G6 A03 B P01
Length
1 2 3 4
Air breather
S Without air breather
C With air breather 10 µm
D With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
P With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm pressurization 0.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
G1 G 3/4” G6 1 1/4” NPT
G2 G 1” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G3 G 1 1/4” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
G4 3/4” NPT G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G5 1” NPT
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 2: MFX100 4 A10 H B E P01
MFX100 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 1: MFX100 3 A03 W B P01
Element length
1 2 3 4
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 DPT Dipstick 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249
MPTX114
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 99 120
2 144 170
3 222 250
4 324 350
Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
Versions Version Version
D/P C S
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank
Nr. 4 holes
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPTX116 1 S A G1 M90 E P01
MPTX116 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPTX116 2 S Z G9 A03 B P01
Length
1 2 3 4
Air breather
S Without air breather
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Flat seal on the head on request
Connections
G1 G 3/4” G6 1 1/4” NPT
G2 G 1” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G3 G 1 1/4” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
G4 3/4” NPT G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G5 1” NPT
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 2: MFX100 1 M90 N B E P01
MFX100 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 1: MFX100 2 A03 W V P01
Element length
1 2 3 4
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 DPT Dipstick 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249
MPTX116
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 99 120
2 146 170
3 224 250
4 326 350
Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
T - Connection for Holes on the tank
clogging indicator Option for 2 and 4 screws
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPTX120 1 A G1 0 A06 E P01
MPTX120 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MPTX120 3 V G4 1 M25 B P01
Length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Main Connections Rear connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2
G1 G 3/4” G 3/4”
G2 G 1” G 1” G 3/8” G 1/2”
G3 G 1 1/4” G 3/4”
G4 3/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
G5 1” NPT 1” NPT 3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G6 1 1/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX100 1 A06 H B E P01
MFX100 Filter element with private spigot Configuration example 2: MFX100 3 M25 N V P01
Element length
1 2 3 4
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 DPT Dipstick 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249
MPTX120
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 99 120
2 144 170
3 222 250
4 324 350
Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN IN
Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank
5
6
3g
3e
3f
3a
3a
2
2
3e
3b
3b
3f
3d
4
3d
3c
3c
Q.ty: 1 pc.
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Air breather filter element - version:
series element NBR FPM C D P Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
10 µm 10 µm 10 µm Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
MPTX 025 02050701 02050702 A3L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01
See Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
10 µm 10 µm 10 µm series element NBR FPM
MPTX 027 order 02050703 02050704 A3L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01
table See
MPTX 110 02050709 02050710 10 µm 10 µm 10 µm
A5L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01
MPTX 116 order
table
02050737 02050738
5
6
3g
3e
3f
3a
3a
2
2
3e 3b
3b
3f
3d
4
3d
3c
3c
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4 5 6 Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Air breather filter element - version: Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM C D P series element NBR FPM
See 10 µm 10 µm 10 µmm See
MPTX 114 order 02050707 02050708 A5L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01 MPTX 120 order 02050711 02050712
table table
MFBX is a range of return filter kits for protection of the reservoir - Bowl: Nylon
against the system contamination.
They are directly integrated in the moulded reservoir in immersed or Filter element materials
semi-immersed position to save space into the tank. - Caps: Nylon
Treaded or flanged covers can be provided. - Spring: Spring steel
The filter output must be always immersed into the fluid to avoid
aeration or foam generation into the reservoir.
Bypass valve
Available features: - Opening pressure 175 kPa (1.75 bar) ±10%
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir - Opening pressure 300 kPa (3 bar) ±10%
- Bypass valve integrated into the filter element, to relieve excessive
pressure drop across the filter media ∆p element type
- Extension tube, to be used in deep reservoirs (sold as separate item) - Microfibre filter elements - series H: 10 bar
- Diffuser, to reduce the risk of aeration, foaming and noise - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
(sold as separate item)
- MyClean interface connection, to protect the product against non-original
spare parts Seals
- External protective wrap, to optimize the flow through the element and - Standard NBR series A
to save the element efficiency against non-proper handling - Optional FPM series V
Note
MFBX filters are provided
for vertical mounting
MFBX 030 1 7 10 24 29 47 84 60 66
1 18 20 53 56 65 153 87 96
2 28 38 65 75 95 158 111 123
MFBX 100
3 48 55 125 135 169 289 224 251
4 79 89 180 185 198 306 264 289
MFBX 190 2 261 305 489 528 546 696 583 598
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection
MFBX 020 •
MFBX 030 •
MFBX 100 •
MFBX 180 •
MFBX 190 •
IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MFBX100 1 A 2 A10 H E P01
MFBX020 MFBX030 MFBX100 MFBX180 MFBX190 Configuration example 2: MFBX180 2 V 1 M25 N B P01
Filter element with private spigot
Length MFBX020 MFBX030 MFBX100 MFBX180 MFBX190
1 • • • •
2 • • • •
3 • •
4 •
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Version MFBX020 MFBX030 MFBX100 MFBX180 MFBX190
1 Without cover • • • • •
2 With flanged cover type MPF • • • •
3 With threaded cover type MPT • •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Bypass valve Execution
E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MFX180 2 M25 H V P01
MFX020 MFX030 MFX100 MFX180 Configuration example 2: MFX100 1 A10 N B E P01
Filter element with private spigot
Element length MFX020 MFX030 MFX100 MFX180 MFX190
1 • • • •
2 • • • •
3 • •
4 •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Additional features page
MFBX020 MFBX030 MFBX100 MFBX180 MFBX190
TE Extension tube • • • • • 248
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection • 249
MFBX
O-Ring
seal
O-Ring
seal
O-Ring
seal
.
Version 2 Version 3
Version 1
øA øB øC øD øE øF H J K1 K2 K3 L M N P R
Filter size Filter Length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 52 20.5 26 32 56 75 111 24 42 - 36 - - - - 18
020 2 52 20.5 26 32 56 75 175 24 42 - 36 - - - - 18
3 52 20.5 26 32 56 75 214 24 42 - 36 - - - - 18
030 1 60.5 20 25.5 32 68 - 93 21 33 35 - 92 42 52 18 -
1 80.5 20 26 47 88 111 109 24 58 55 69 116 54 66 20 20
2 80.5 20 26 47 88 111 154 24 58 55 69 116 54 66 20 20
100
3 80.5 20 26 47 88 111 232 24 58 55 69 116 54 66 20 20
4 80.5 20 26 47 88 111 334 24 58 55 69 116 54 66 20 20
180
1 112.5 26 33.5 47 121 - 234 31 58 69 - 159 76 95 21 -
2 112.5 26 33.5 47 121 - 447 31 58 69 - 159 76 95 21 -
190 2 112.5 26 33.5 50 121 - 454 38 58 69 - 159 76 95 21 -
MFBX MFBX
version 1 version 2
1d 1e
1a
1b
Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 1 (1a ÷ 1d)
Filter Seal Kit code number
series NBR FPM
MFBX 020 02050713 02050714
MFBX 030 02050715 02050716
MFBX 100 02050717 02050718
MFBX 180-190 02050719 02050720
MPF series
Maximum working pressure up to 800 kPa (8 bar) - Flow rate up to 750 l/min
MPF
0 0 1.25 G 3/4”
0.05 0.10 G 1/2”
0 16 32 48 64 80 0 60 120 180 240 300
GENERAL INFORMATION
0
0
00 16 32 48
0 16 32 48 64 80 0 60 120 180
Valves Pressure drop
0.60 Valves
0.40 Bypass
MPF 181valve
- 182pressure
- 184 drop
MPF 191 - 192 - 194
0.20 G 1” 0.40
0.40 Bypass
MPF 100valve
- 104pressure
Valves - 110 drop
Filter6housings ∆p pressure drop
0.45 MPF 100
MPF 020--104
030- 110 Length 1 - 2 MPF 18x Bypass valve pressure drop
0.20
0.30 MPF 020 MPF 030 0.60
5 0.40 3 bar
0.30 MPF 020 - 030
MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191
0.15 G 1 1/4”G 1” 0.30 G 1” 5 0.40 1.75 ba
G 3/4”
MPF 020 MPF 030 3 bar G 1” 4.5
0.30 MPF 020 - 030 3
0.15
0.20 0.45
3.75 0.30 5
0.10 G 1/2” 0.20
0.20 G 1” 3.75
1.75 bar G 1 1/4” 3 0.30
G 1 1/4” G 3/4” MPF 19x 1.75 b
∆p bar
∆p bar
0.15 G 3/4” G 1 1/4”
0.10 0.30
2.5 0.20 3.75
G 1/2” 0.10 G 3/4”
0.05 0.10 G 1/2” G 1/2” 2.5 0.20
G 1 1/4” 1.5
0 G 3/4”
0.15 0.10 2.5
00.05
0 42 84 126 168 210 1.25 G 1/2”
0 0 60 120 180 240 300 00 1.25 0.10
0 16 32 48 64 80 00 80
60 160
120 240
180 240320 300400 0
0 00 0 70 140 210
0
Valves 1.25
0 16 32 48 64 80 00 0 42
16 84
6032 120126
48 18016864 24021080 300 0 0
0.40 Flow rate l/min Flowdrop
Bypass valve pressure rate l/min 0 0 16 80 32 160 48 240
0
0.60 MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191 - 192 - 194 0.60 Valves
MPF 020 - 030
0 16 32 4
0.40
0.30 MPF 100 - 104 - 110 Length 3 - 4 5 MPF 100valve
181 104pressure
- 182 110 drop
- 184 MPF 191 - 192 G- 1194 MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191 - 192
0.40 G 1” 60.40 Bypass 1/2” 8
G 1” MPF 100 - 104 - 110
0.60 3 bar 6
MPF 18x 0.45 MPF 181 - 1823-bar
184 G 1MPF
1/4”191 - 192 - 194
0.45 G 1” 0.40020 - 030 MPF 18x 0.60
0.30
0.20 3.75 MPF MPF 100 - 1043-bar
110
0.30 54.5
0.30 1.75 bar G 2” 6 6
G 1 1/4” 1.75 bar 1.75 ba
0.45 G 3/4” G 1” MPF 18x 4.5
G 1 1/4” 0.30 3 bar 3 bar
0.30 G 3/4” G 1 1/4” 0.30 0.45 G1
0.20
∆p bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
2.5 G 119x
1/4” 3 0.45 1.75 bar G 2”
0.30 G 3/4” MPF 4.5
0.20 G 1 1/4” 3
0.30 1.75 barG 2” 0.30
0.10
0.10 G 1/2” 42.5 G 2” 6 G
0.20 1.5 4
1.25
0.15 30.10 0.30 1.5
300 MPF 19x 0.15 0.20
0
0 21.25 4
0.10 0 60 120 180 240 300 2
0 0 80 160 240 320 400 0 0.15
0 1.5
0 0 70 140 280 350 0
00 16 32 48 64 80 210 0.10
Valves
140 280 420 560 700 00 0 140 280 420 560 700 02 180 360 540 72
0 Flow rate l/min 00 140
16 280 rate 420
32
Flow 48
l/min 56064 700
80 0
80 160 240 320 400
0 Bypass valve
80 pressure160 drop 240 320 400 0 0 00 80 160 240
0 0 70 140
140 280210 420 280 560 350 700 0 0 140 280 420
0.60
6
MPF 100 - 104 - 110
MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191 - 192 - 194 Bypass valve
0 pressure
80 drop
160 24
0.40 MPF 020 - 030 MPF 100
MPF 181 -- 104
182 -- 110
184 MPF 191 - 192 - 194
18x 5 3 bar G 1 1/2” 68 MPF 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
1” 0.40 6 MPF 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
0.45 3 barMPF 18x
1.75 bar 3 bar
4.5
0.60
0.30
G 1 1/4” 0.40 33 bar
bar 6
3.75 6
4.5 MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191 1.75- 192 bar- 194 MPF 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
0.30 G 1 1/2” G 2” 84.5 0.40 6
1.75 bar G 1 1/2”
1 1/4” 0.30
3 G 1 1/4” 0.30 G 1 1/2”
1.75 bar1.75 4.5
0.45 bar
9x 0.20 G 1 1/4” G 1 1/4” 3 bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
2.5 4 1.75
633
0.20 MPF 19x
G 2” 0.30 G 1 1/2” 4.5
0.15
1.5 G 2” 0.20 G 1 1/4” 3
0.30
0.10
2 1.75 bar 2”
G
1.25 1.5
41.5
300 0.10 0.20 3
00 0.10 G 2” 1.5
400 0.15
0 0 140 280 420 560 700
0 00 70
80 140
160 210
240 280
320 350
400 200
0
1.5
0 0 16 32 48 64 80 00 0.10 80
70 160
140 240
210 320
280 400
350
0 140 280 420 560 700 0 0 180 360 540 720 900 0
0 Flow rate l/min 0 140 Flow
280 rate l/min
420 560 700 0 180 360 540 72
0 140 280 420 560 700 0 0 0
0 0 80 140160 280 240 420 320 400
560 700 0 180 360 540
100 - 182
MPF 181 104 - 184
110 MPF 191 - 192 - 194 MPF 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
0.60
86
0.40 6
MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191 - 192 - 194
18x 3 bar G31bar
1/2” 8 3 bar
64.5
0.45 1.75 bar MPF 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750 3 bar
G 2” 0.30 G 1 1/4” G 1 1/2” 4.5
0.40 G 1 1/4” 6 1.75 bar
G 2” 6
1.75 bar 3 bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
43
0.30
0.20 3
19x 0.30 G 1 1/2”G 2” 4.5 1.75 bar
G 1 1/4” 4 1.75 bar
21.5
0.15
0.10 1.5
0.20 3
G 2” 2
700
400 00 0
0.10 00 140
70
80
140 280
140
160
280 420
210
240
420 560
280
320
560 350
400
700 1.5 0 180 360 540 720 900
0
Flow rate l/min 0 80 Flow
160 rate l/min
240 320 400
0 0
The curves0 are plotted
140 using
280 mineral
420 oil with
560density700
of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance
0 180 with360
ISO 3968.
540 720 900
∆p varies MPF 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 -
proportionally with density. 750
6 MPF 181 - 182 - 184 MPF 191 - 192 - 194
8 MPF 400 - 410 - 450 - 451 - 750
0.40 3 bar 6 127 Return filters
3 bar 3 bar
” 4.5
6 1.75 bar
MPF GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]
MPF 030 1 7 10 24 29 47 84 60 66
1 18 20 53 56 65 153 87 96
MPF 2 28 38 65 75 95 158 111 123
100-104-110 3 48 55 125 135 169 289 224 251
4 79 89 180 185 198 306 264 289
MPF 1 127 148 235 243 278 441 285 299
181-182-184 2 231 262 358 382 388 472 404 412
MPF 2 261 305 489 528 546 696 583 598
191-192-194
1 150 171 294 304 350 585 370 390
MPF 400 2 237 252 454 462 589 868 619 645
3 248 288 553 609 621 885 680 703
MPF 750 1 392 465 623 700 769 929 804 819
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection Style 2 connections
MPF 020 •
MPF 030 •
MPF 100 •
MPF 104 •
MPF 110 •
MPF 181 •
MPF 182 •
MPF 184 • •
MPF 191 •
MPF 192 •
MPF 194 • •
MPF 400 •
MPF 410 •
MPF 450 •
MPF 451 •
MPF 750 •
Aux
IN IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF020 1 A P1 A10 H E P01
MPF020 MPF030 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF030 1 V G1 M25 N B P01
Length
1
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF030 1 A10 H B E P01
MF030 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF030 1 M25 N V P01
Element length
1
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
IN
Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
Holes on the tank
Nr. 3 holes
IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
Recommended
MPF030
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
O-Ring seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
Holes on the tank
IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF100 2 W G3 A06 W B P01
MPF100 MPF104 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF104 4 A G8 P10 N E P01
Length
1 2 3 4
Connections Size 100 Size 104 Connections Size 100 Size 104
G1 G 1/2” • • G7 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF • •
G2 G 3/4” • • G8 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN • •
G3 G 1” • • G9 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN • •
G4 1/2” NPT • • G10 G 1 1/4” •
G5 3/4” NPT • • G11 1 1/4” NPT •
G6 1” NPT • • G12 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF100 2 A06 W B P01
MF100 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF100 4 P10 N B E P01
Element length
1 2 3 4
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249 DPT Dipstick 249
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator
Holes on the tank
IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
M8 - 5/16” UNC
T - Optional connection Nr. 2 holes
for clogging indicator
H2 - Recommended
MPF104
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2 D I
length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 98 120 38 4
2 145 170 38 4
IN 3 223 250 47 -
4 325 350 47 2.5
Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
T - Optional T - Optional
connection for connection for
clogging indicator clogging indicator Holes on the tank
M8 - 5/16” UNC
Nr. 4 holes
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF110 2 A G2 1 A16 H E P01
MPF110 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF110 4 V G12 1 M60 N B P01
Length
1 2 3 4
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF100 2 A16 H B E P01
MF100 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF100 4 M60 N V P01
Element length
1 2 3 4
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249 DPT Dipstick 249
OUT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank
IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF181 1 A G1 A25 H E P01
MPF181 MPF191 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF191 2 V G2 P10 N B P01
Connections
G1 G 1 1/4” G5 1 1/2” NPT
G2 G 1 1/2” G7 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G4 1 1/4” NPT G8 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar • Bypass valve Execution
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF180 1 A25 H B E P01
MF180 MF190 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF190 2 P10 N V P01
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
Sxx Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
Connections H3
O-Ring seal [mm]
G1 - G4 - G7 35
H1 - Total length
G2 - G5 - G8 37
immersed in the tank
OUT
Holes on the tank
Option for 3 and 4 screws
T - Optional connection Nr. 3 holes at 120°
for clogging indicator
IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator
Recommended MPF191
clearance space
for maintenance Connections H3
[mm]
G1 - G4 - G7 35
IN G2 - G5 - G8 37
O-Ring seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
445 445
31
31
OUT
Holes on the tank
Option for 3 and 4 screws
T - Optional connection Nr. 3 holes at 120°
for clogging indicator
IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF182 1 A G1 1 A25 H E P01
MPF182 MPF192 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF192 2 V G4 2 P10 N B P01
Length Size 182 Size 192
1 •
2 • •
Seals and treatments
A NBR B NBR flat seal on head
V FPM D FPM flat seal on head
W NBR head anodized L NBR head anodized, flat seal on head
Z FPM head anodized M FPM head anodized, flat seal on head
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF180 1 A25 H B E P01
MF180 MF190 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF190 2 P10 N V P01
Element length Size 180 Size 190
1 •
2 • •
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
Sxx Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
Holes on the tank
Option for 3 and 4 screws
T - Optional connection Nr. 3 holes at 120°
for clogging indicator
IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator
Recommended
MPF192
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
O-Ring seal
Total length
445 445
OUT
Holes on the tank
Option for 3 and 4 screws
T - Optional connection Nr. 3 holes at 120°
for clogging indicator
IN
G 1/8” Connection for
clogging indicator
T - Optional connection
for clogging indicator
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF184 1 A G1 A25 H E P01
MPF184 MPF194 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF194 2 V F3 P10 N B P01
Length Size 184 Size 194
1 •
2 • •
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
Sxx Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
OUT
T - Connection for Holes on the tank
clogging indicator
Nr. 4 holes
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
MPF184
H2 - Recommended 2 connection ports
clearance space
for maintenance Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 232 260
2 445 480
IN IN
Connections T
O-Ring seal G2 G 1/8”
H1 - Total length G5 - G8 - G11 1/8” NPT
immersed in the tank G14 G 1/8”
G16 - F3 - F4 1/8” NPT
OUT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank
Nr. 4 holes
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
O-Ring seal
442 442
Total length
immersed in the tank
31 31
OUT
T - Connection for Holes on the tank
clogging indicator
Nr. 4 holes
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Recommended
MPF194
clearance space 2 connection ports
for maintenance
Connections T
G2 G 1/8”
IN IN G5 - G8 - G11 1/8” NPT
G14 G 1/8”
G16 - F3 - F4 1/8” NPT
O-Ring seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
442 442
31 31
OUT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank
Nr. 4 holes
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF400 1 A G9 A25 H B P01
MPF400 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF400 2 V G4 P10 N E P01
Length
1 2 3
Connections
G1 G 1 1/4” G6 2” NPT
G2 G 1 1/2” G7 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G3 G 2” G8 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
G4 1 1/4” NPT G9 SAE 32 - 2 1/2” - 12 UN
G5 1 1/2” NPT
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF400 1 A25 H B P01
MF400 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF400 2 P10 N V E P01
Element length
1 2 3
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
Sxx Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF410 1 A G1 1 A25 H B P01
MPF410 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF410 1 V G4 1 P10 N E P01
Length
1 2 3
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF400 1 A25 H B P01
MF400 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF400 1 P10 N V E P01
Element length
1 2 3
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
Sxx Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPF450 1 A G1 A25 H B P01
MPF450 MPF451 MPF750 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPF750 1 V F2 P10 N E P01
Length MPF 450 MPF 451 MPF 750
1 • • •
2 • •
3 • •
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF400 1 A25 H B P01
MF400 MF750 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MFX750 1 P10 N V E P01
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
Sxx Extension tube 248
T5 Filler plug M30x1.5 249
OUT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
MPF451
H2 - Recommended
clearance space Filter H1 H2 D
for maintenance length [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 180 210 51
2 240 270 64
IN 3 290 315 64
Connections T
O-Ring seal
G1 G 1/8”
H1 - Total length G4 - G7 1/8” NPT
immersed in the tank
F1 G 1/8”
F2 1/8” NPT
OUT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
O-Ring seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
3a
3a
2
2
3b
O-RING SEAL
3b
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
MPF 030 02050055 02050056
MPF 100-110 02050057 02050058
MPF 181-182 02050059 02050060
3d
3d MPF 184 See 02050455 02050456
MPF 191-192 order 02050457 02050458
3c MPF 194 table 02050459 02050460
3c
MPF 400-410 02050061 02050062
MPF 450-451 02050461 02050462
MPF 750 02050106 02050107
3a
3a
2
2
3b
3b
FLAT SEAL
Item: Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
3d
3d 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
3c
MPF 020 See 02050438 02050439
MPF 104 order 02050350 02050408
3c MPF 181-182 table 02050659 02050660
MPF 191-192 02050661 02050662
MPT series
Maximum working pressure up to 800 kPa (8 bar) - Flow rate up to 300 l/min
MPT is a range of return filters with integrated breather filter, for protection
of the reservoir against the system contamination. Bypass valve
They are directly fixed to the reservoir, in immersed or semi-immersed - Opening pressure 175 kPa (1.75 bar) ±10%
position. - Opening pressure 300 kPa (3 bar) ±10%
The filter output must be always immersed into the fluid to avoid
aeration or foam generation into the reservoir.
∆p element type
Available features: - Microfibre filter elements - series H: 10 bar
- Female threaded connections up to 1 1/4”, for a maximum flow rate - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
of 300 l/min
- Multiple connections, to connect several return lines or drains
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir Seals
- Bypass valve integrated into the filter element, to relieve excessive
- Standard NBR series A
pressure drop across the filter media
- Optional FPM series V
- 2, 4 or 6 fixing holes for installation, to meet any reservoir surface
flatness and roughness
- O-ring or Flat seal, to meet any reservoir surface flatness and roughness
- Screw-in cover with a special shape, to allow the filter element Temperature
replacement without the use of specific tools From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Oil dipstick, to easily check the level of the fluid into the reservoir
(sold as separate item)
- Extension tube, to be used in deep reservoirs (sold as separate item) Note
- Diffuser, to reduce the risk of aeration, foaming and noise MPT filters are provided
(sold as separate item) for vertical mounting
- Integrated breather filter, to clean the air that moves into the reservoir
as result of the oil level fluctuation
- Integrated breather filter with pressurization valve, to clean the air
that moves into the reservoir as result of the oil level fluctuation and to
guarantee the pressurization into the reservoir
- Visual, electrical and electronic clogging indicators
Common applications:
- Light industrial equipment
- Mobile application
MPT
G 3/4” MPT 025 - 027 MPT 025 - 027
GENERAL INFORMATION
0.30 5 0.02
0.15 3 bar 3.75
∆p bar
MPT 025 - 027 MPT 025 - 027
0.30 G 1 1/4” 0.30 5 0.02
G 3/4” MPT 110 - 114 - 116 - 120
0.30 3 bar 6
MPT 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 MPT 110 - 114 3 bar
0.15 0.15 63.75 0.02
0.015
3 bar 1.75 bar 4.5
0.15 2
1.75 bar
0 0 4.5
2.5 0.015
0.01 1
0 - 027 18
MPT 025 36 54 72 90 0 42 84 126 168 210 3
0.60 0 Valves Air breather
0 42 Flow
84 rate126
l/min 168 210
Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve31.25
pressure drop 0.01
0.005
Pressure drop
0.45 G 3/8” G 1/2” 1.5
0.60 0.40
MPT 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 - Length 3 - 4 1.5
0 0.005
0
0.40 G 3/4”G 1” MPT 025
0 - 027 16 MPT
0.30 50.30
32 48 64 80
0.02 0 025
0 - 027 40 80 120
0.45 21
0 70 140
0 3 bar G 1” 0
0.30 G 3/4” G 1 1/4” 2
0 70 140 210 280 350 0 60 120 180
0.15 0.30 G 1” 3.75
0.20 0.015 1
MPT 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 1.75 bar MPT 110 - 114
∆p bar
6 0.02
0.20
0 G 3/4” 3 bar G 1 1/4” 1: C With air breather 10
0.15 2.5
0.10 0.01 2 S
0 18 36 54 G 3/4” 72 90G 1 1/4” 1.75 bar 2: D With anti-splash and
4.5 0.015 1
0.10
0 1.25
0 0.005
0 42 84 126 168 210 03 60 120 180 240 300 0.01
0.60 0
Valves 0 60 120 180 240 300 Air breather
0 0
G 1”
Valvesvalve pressure drop Flow rate l/min Air breather 0 16 32 48 64 80 0
0.005 40 80 120 16
Bypass
0.45 Pressure drop 1.5
0.40
Bypass valve pressure drop Pressure drop
G 3/4” G 1 1/4”
0.30 0.30
0 Bypass
0 valve pressure drop
MPT 025 - 027 MPT
MPT 110
025 0- -027
114 - 116
70 - 120 140 210 280 350 MPT 110
0 - 114 60 120 180
5 0.026 0.02
MPT 025 - 027 G 1” MPT 025 - 027
5 0.02 3 bar
0.15 3 bar 2 2
0.20 1.75 bar
3.75 3 bar 0.015
4.5 0.015 1: C With air breather 10
21 1 and S
1.75 bar 2: D With anti-splash
0 3.75 G 3/4” G 1 1/4” 0.015 1
0.10 1.75 bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
0.013 0.01
1.5 0.005
1.5
0.005 0.005
0 0
0 0 0 70 140 210 280 350 0 0 60 120 180 240 300
80 0 0 4070 80140 120210 160280 200 350 0 60 120 180 240 300
Flow rate l N /min Flow rate l N /min
1: C With air breather 10 µ m
2: 1:
D C With
Withanti-splash and
air breather 10SAP50
µ m 10 µm
1 C With
MPTair
110breather
- 114 10 μm 2: D With anti-splash and SAP50 10 µm
0.02
2 D With anti-splash and SAP50 10 μm
2
0.015 1
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies
0.01 proportionally with density.
0.005
0
350 0 60 120 180 240 300
1 18 20 53 56 65 153 87 96
MPT 2 28 38 65 75 95 158 111 123
110-114
116-120 3 48 55 125 135 169 289 224 251
4 79 89 180 185 198 306 264 289
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection Style 2 connections Style 3 connections
MPT 025 •
MPT 027 •
MPT 110 •
MPT 114 •
MPT 116 •
MPT 120 •
Aux Aux
IN IN IN IN IN1 IN2
Multiport - Multifunction
MPT 110
Standard - Single IN Port Double IN Port - Double indicator port
MPT 120
Triple IN port
Option: double drain port
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPT025 1 S A G3 A10 E P01
MPT025 MPT027 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPT027 3 C W G6 A03 B P01
Length
1 2 3
Air breather
S Without air breather
C With air breather 10 µm
D With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
P With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm, pressurization 0.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
G1 G 3/8” G6 3/4” NPT
G2 G 1/2” G7 SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF
G3 G 3/4” G8 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G4 3/8” NPT G9 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G5 1/2” NPT
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm Bypass valve Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF020 1 A10 H B E P01
MF020 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF020 3 A03 W B P01
Element length
1 2 3
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
TE Extension tube 248
DPT Dipstick 249
IN
Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
MPT025
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
1 99 130
2 163 195
3 202 230
Connections T
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Nr. 2 holes
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPT110 1 S A G1 0 A06 E P01
MPT110 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPT110 3 P V G4 1 M25 B P01
Length
1 2 3 4
Air breather
S Without air breather
C With air breather 10 µm
D With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
P With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm, pressurization 0.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Main Connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2 Main Connections Aux size 2 Aux size 2
G1 G 3/4” G6 1 1/4” NPT 3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G2 G 1” G 3/8” G 1/2” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G3 G 1 1/4” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G4 3/4” NPT G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G5 1” NPT
Aux connection - see previous table
0 Not machined 1 Aux size 1 2 Aux size 2
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm Bypass valve Execution
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF100 1 A06 H B E P01
MF100 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF100 3 M25 N V P01
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 DPT Dipstick 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249
MPT110
Filter H1 H2 D I
length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 97 120 38 4
2 144 170 38 4
3 222 250 47 -
4 324 350 47 2.5
Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
Versions Version Version
D/P C S
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Nr. 2 holes
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPT114 4 S A G3 A10 E P01
MPT114 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPT114 3 C W G6 A03 B P01
Length
1 2 3 4
Air breather
S Without air breather
C With air breather 10 µm
D With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
P With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm pressurization 0.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
G1 G 3/4” G6 1 1/4” NPT
G2 G 1” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G3 G 1 1/4” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
G4 3/4” NPT G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G5 1” NPT
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 2: MF100 4 A10 H B E P01
MF100 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 1: MF100 3 A03 W B P01
Element length
1 2 3 4
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 DPT Dipstick 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249
MPT114
Filter H1 H2 D I
length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 97 120 38 4
2 144 170 38 4
3 222 250 47 -
4 324 350 47 2.5
Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
Versions Version Version
D/P C S
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank
Nr. 4 holes
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPT116 1 S A G1 M90 E P01
MPT116 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPT116 2 S Z G9 A03 B P01
Length
1 2 3 4
Air breather
S Without air breather
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Flat seal on the head on request
Connections
G1 G 3/4” G6 1 1/4” NPT
G2 G 1” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G3 G 1 1/4” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
G4 3/4” NPT G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G5 1” NPT
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 2: MF100 1 M90 N B E P01
MF100 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 1: MF100 2 A03 W V P01
Element length
1 2 3 4
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 DPT Dipstick 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249
MPT116
Filter H1 H2 D I
length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 99 120 38 4
2 146 170 38 4
3 224 250 47 -
4 326 350 47 2.5
Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
T - Connection for Holes on the tank
clogging indicator Option for 2 and 4 screws
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPT120 1 A G1 0 A06 E P01
MPT120 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MPT120 3 V G4 1 M25 B P01
Length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Main Connections Rear connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2
G1 G 3/4” G 3/4”
G2 G 1” G 1” G 3/8” G 1/2”
G3 G 1 1/4” G 3/4”
G4 3/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
G5 1” NPT 1” NPT 3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G6 1 1/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF100 1 A06 H B E P01
MF100 Filter element with standard spigot Configuration example 2: MF100 3 M25 N V P01
Element length
1 2 3 4
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page page
TE Extension tube 248 DPT Dipstick 249
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection 249
MPT120
Filter H1 H2 D I
length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 97 120 38 4
2 147 170 38 4
3 222 250 47 -
4 324 350 47 2.5
Connections T
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN IN
Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
OUT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Holes on the tank
5
6
3g
3e
3f
3a 3a
2 2
3e
3b 3b
3f
3d 4
3d
3c
3c
Q.ty: 1 pc.
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM C D P Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
10 µm 10 µm 10 µm Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
MPT 025 02050557 02050558 A3L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01
See Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
10 µm 10 µm 10 µm series element NBR FPM
MPT 027 order 02050559 02050560 A3L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01
table See
10 µm 10 µm 10 µm MPT 116 order 02050466 02050467
MPT 110 02050561 02050562 A5L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01 table
5
6
3g
3e
3f
3a
3a
2
2
3e 3b
3b
3f
3d
3d 4
3c
3c
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4 5 6 Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3d)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Air breather filter element - version: Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM C D P series element NBR FPM
See 10 µm 10 µm 10 µm See
MPT 114 order 02050580 02050581 A5L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01 MPT 120 order 02050563 02050564
table table
MFB is a range of return filter kits for protection of the reservoir against - Bowl: Nylon
the system contamination.
They are directly integrated in the moulded reservoir in immersed or Filter element materials
semi-immersed position to save space into the tank. - Caps: Nylon
Treaded or flanged covers can be provided. - Spring: Spring steel
The filter output must be always immersed into the fluid to avoid
aeration or foam generation into the reservoir.
Bypass valve
Available features: - Opening pressure 175 kPa (1.75 bar) ±10%
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir - Opening pressure 300 kPa (3 bar) ±10%
- Bypass valve integrated into the filter element, to relieve excessive
pressure drop across the filter media ∆p element type
- Extension tube, to be used in deep reservoirs (sold as separate item) - Microfibre filter elements - series H: 10 bar
- Diffuser, to reduce the risk of aeration, foaming and noise - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
(sold as separate item)
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C
Note
MFB filters are provided
for vertical mounting
MFB 030 1 7 10 24 29 47 84 60 66
1 18 20 53 56 65 153 87 96
2 28 38 65 75 95 158 111 123
MFB 100
3 48 55 125 135 169 289 224 251
4 79 89 180 185 198 306 264 289
MFB 190 2 261 305 489 528 546 696 583 598
Maximum flow rate for a complete return filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection
MFB 020 •
MFB 030 •
MFB 100 •
MFB 180 •
MFB 190 •
IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MFB100 1 A 2 A10 H E P01
MFB020 MFB030 MFB100 MFB180 MFB190 Configuration example 2: MFB180 2 V 1 M25 N B P01
Filter element with private spigot
Length MFB020 MFB030 MFB100 MFB180 MFB190
1 • • • •
2 • • • •
3 • •
4 •
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Version MFB020 MFB030 MFB100 MFB180 MFB190
1 Without cover • • • • •
2 With flanged cover type MPF • • • •
3 With threaded cover type MPT • •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
W 10 bar, compatible with fluids HFA, HFB and HFC • • Bypass valve Execution
E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
B 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MF100 1 A10 H B E P01
MF020 MF030 MF100 MF180 MF190 Configuration example 2: MF180 2 M25 N V P01
Filter element with private spigot
Element length MF020 MF030 MF100 MF180 MF190
1 • • • •
2 • • • •
3 • •
4 •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter media
Element ∆p Axx Mxx Pxx
N 10 bar • •
H 10 bar •
Seals Bypass valve Execution
B NBR E 3 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM 1.75 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Additional features page
MFB020 MFB030 MFB100 MFB180 MFB190
TE Extension tube • • • • • 248
DFS Diffuser with fast lock connection • 249
MFB
O-Ring
seal
O-Ring
seal
O-Ring
seal
OUT
OUT OUT
Version 2 Version 3
Version 1
øA øB øC øD øE øF H I J K1 K2 K3 L M N P R
Filter size Filter Length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 52 20.5 26 32 56 75 111 0 24 42 - 36 - - - - 18
020 2 52 20.5 26 32 56 75 175 0 24 42 - 36 - - - - 18
3 52 20.5 26 32 56 75 214 0 24 42 - 36 - - - - 18
030 1 60.5 20 25.5 32 68 - 92 3 21 33 35 - 92 42 52 18 -
1 80.5 20 26 38 88 111 107 4 24 58 55 69 116 54 66 20 20
2 80.5 20 26 38 88 111 154 4 24 58 55 69 116 54 66 20 20
100
3 80.5 20 26 47 88 111 232 0 24 58 55 69 116 54 66 20 20
4 80.5 20 26 47 88 111 334 2.5 24 58 55 69 116 54 66 20 20
180
1 112.5 26 33.5 47 121 - 234 0 31 58 58 69 159 76 95 21 -
2 112.5 26 33.5 47 121 - 447 0
1d 31 58 58 69 159 76 95 21 -
1e
190 2 112.5 26 33.5 50 121 - 454 0 38 58 58 69 159 76 95 21 -
MFB MFB
version 1 version 2
1d 1e
1a
1b 1c
Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 1 (1a ÷ 1e)
Filter Seal Kit code number
series NBR FPM
MFB 020 02050572 02050573
MFB 030 02050574 02050575
MFB 100 02050555 02050556
MFB 180 02050576 02050577
MFB 190 02050578 02050579
MPH series
Maximum working pressure up to 1 MPa (10 bar) - Flow rate up to 3000 l/min
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C
Note
MPH filters are provided
for vertical mounting
MPH
0 80 160 240 320 400 0 0
4” 0.20
0.05 1 1/4”
GENERAL INFORMATION
0 480 960
0.20 1440 1920 2400 0 240 3480 720 960 1200
0.025
0.025 0.10
MPH 250
0.16 0.10 1.5
MPH 660 0
0.40
MPH 850 MPH 630 - 660 5
MPH 850
0
Pressure drop
0.40
0 06 80 160 240 320 400
0.12 1 1/4” 0 00 480 960 1440 1920
0 80 160 240 320 3” 400
0 480 2.5 bar 1440
960 1920 2400 0 240 1.75 480 720
0.30 MPH 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 MPH 110 - 114 - 0.30116 - 120 4.5 250 DN 100 3.75 Filter housings ∆p pressure drop bar
0.1 MPH MPH 660
0.08 0.1 0.16 MPH 660 0.40 MPH 630 - 660
MPH 250 4” 0.40 1” 6 850 3”
0.16 MPH
1 1/2” 1” 0.20 3 3” 2.5 0.40
0.20 0.075 3/4” MPH 850 1.75 bar MPH 850 2.5
0.04 0.075 3/4” 0.12 0.40 1 1/4” 0.30 5
0.12 1 1/4” 0.30 4.5
0.10 0.10 1.25 0.30 4” DN 10
1.5 1 1/4”
∆p bar
∆p bar
0.05 1
0 0.05 1 1/4” 0.08 0.30 100 4”
DN0.20 3.75
0 120 240 360 480 600 0.20 3
0.08 0
0 0 1 1/2” 0 0.20
0.025 1200 1800 3000
0.025 0 480 960 1440 1920 1 1/2” 2400 0.04 0 0
600 0.20
240 480 720
2400
960 1200 0.10 0 600 1200
2.5 1800 2400 3000
MPH 630 0.04 0.10 1.5
0.16 0.10
0
0 0 80Valves 0 160 240 0.10
320 400 0 1.25
Air breather
0 0MPH 850 80 160 240 320 400 0 120 0 240 360 480 600 0 480 960 0 1440 1920 2400
0.12 MPH 850 0 480 960 1440 1920 2400 0 0 240 480 720
0.40 0 120 Flow
240 rate l/min
360 480 600 Bypass valve pressure5 drop Flow rate l/min Pressure drop
0 0 0 600 1200 1800 2400
MPH 250 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 600 1200 1800 2
MPH 250 0.16 MPH 630
0.08 MPH 110 - 114 - 116
0.16
0.30 - 120 DN 100 0.16 3.75 1.75 bar
0.1 MPH 630 MPH 110
MPH 660 - 114 - 116 - 120 MPH 850 MPH 630110 - 660
114
0.16 0.40
5 MPH 850 0.40 0.026 MPH 850
1” 0.401 1/4” 3” Valves 5 2
0.12 2.5 bar
0.04 0.12
0.20 1 1/4” 0.12 Valves Air breather 2.5 bar
0.075 3/4” 2.5 Bypass valve pressure drop 1
0.12 0.30
3.75 0.30 0.015
4.5 DN 100
Bypass0.30
valve pressure drop DN 100 Pressure3.75drop 1
0.08
0 0.08
0.10 0.08 4”
∆p bar
1.25
∆p bar
∆p bar
0.05 0 240 480
0.08 720 9601 1/4” 1200 0.20 1 1/2”
1.75 bar
0.20 0.013 MPH 110 - 114 - 116 - 1201.75 bar
2.5 5
0.041 1/2”
0.20 MPH 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 2.5 MPH 110 - 114
0.02
5 2.5 bar
0.025 00.04 0.04 0 2
2.5 bar
0.04 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0.10
1.25 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0.10 0.005
1.5
0.10 3.75 1.25 1
0 3.75 0.015
0 0 0 120 0 240 360 480 600
240 480 0 240 480 720 960 1200 0 1.75 bar
0 80 0 1600 240120 320 400360 600 00 0
0 240 480 720 960 1200 Air breather 0 960 1.75 bar 0 2.5 0480
Valves 00 480
80 160 1440
240 1920
320 2400
400 0 600 240 601200 0.01 1800
120 1802400 240
720 960 3000 1200 300
2.5 0 rate l/min
600 1200 1800 2400 3000
Flow rate l/min MPH 630 Flow Flow rate 0l/min 600 1200 1800 2
Bypass valveMPH pressure drop
630 - 660 0.16 Pressure drop
MPH 250 60.16 MPH 630 1.25
0.16 1: C With air 0.005breather 10 µ m
1.25
2.5 bar MPH 850 Valves 2: D 850
MPH With Bypass
Airanti-splash
breather
valveandpressure
SAP50 10dropµ m
Air
MPH 660 MPH 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 0.12 0.40 MPH MPH
250 Valves
110
630 - 660 - 114 5
4.5
0.40 50.12 46 0.02 Bypass valve pressure drop 0 Pre
0.12 1 1/4”
2.5 bar3” Bypass0 valve pressure drop2 0 0 drop80
Pressure 160 240 320
4” 0 80 2.5 bar160
1 240 320 400 0 60 120
1.75 bar 180
0.08 0.30 0.015 2.5 bar DN 100 3.75
0.30 33.750.08 1.75 bar 34.5 MPH 110 - 114 - 116 - 120
0.08 5 MPH 110 - 114
MPH 110 - 114 - 116 - 120 0.02 1: C With air breather 10 µ m
1.75 4”
bar 5 2.5 bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
0.04
0.20 1.25 3 1.75bar
1.75 bar 2.5 1
2 0.015 2.5 bar
3.75 2.5 bar 3
0 3
0 0.10 011.5
240 480 720 960 1200 1.25 1.75 bar
3000 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 2.5 0.01
2 1.75 bar
2 1.75 bar
0
00 0
0.005
2400 0
Air breather0
0 600 240 1201200 480
2401800 7202400 960
360 4803000 1200600 1.25 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 1
Flow rate l/min 1Flow rate l/min
Pressure drop 0 0
0 0 60 120 180 240 300
Valves Air breather0 80 0 160 240 320 400
MPH 850 0 120 240Air breather
360 pressure
480 drop
600
5 1 C With air breather 100 μm 120 240 360 480 600
MPHdrop
Bypass valve pressure 110 - 114 Pressure drop
0.02
2 2 D With anti-splash and SAP50 10 μm 1: C With air breather 10 µ m
3.75 1.75 bar 2: D With anti-splash and SAP50 10 µm
1 MPH 250
110 - 114
MPH
0.015110 - 114 - 116 - 120 40.02
5
2
2.5 2.5 bar
∆p kPa
2.5 bar 1
3.75 0.01 30.015
1.25
0.005 1.75 bar 1.75 bar
2.5 20.01
0
3000 0 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 10.005
1.25
400 0 60 120 180 240 300
Flow rate l N /min
0Air breather 0
1:80C With160
air breather 10 320
µm 0 3 60 0 120 120
180 240
240 360 480 600
300
The0 curves are plotted 240 mineral
using
2: D With anti-splash and SAP50 10
400 density
oil with µm
of 0.86 kg/dm in compliance with ISO 3968.
Pressure drop
∆p varies proportionally with density.
1: C With air breather 10 µ m
MPH 110 - 114 2: D With anti-splash and SAP50 10 µm
0.02250
MPH
4 2 181 Return filters
1
0.015 2.5 bar
MPH GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]
M25
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M60 P10 P25
M90
1 26 29 72 79 107 282 164 190
MPH 2 43 46 112 114 161 318 164 190
110-114 3 64 72 132 156 178 324 219 251
116-120 4 90 99 184 198 216 324 266 302
5 117 128 201 219 244 324 282 318
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection Style 2 connections Style 3 connections
MPH 110 •
MPH 114 •
MPH 116 •
MPH 120 •
MPH 250 • •
MPH 630 • •
MPH 660 •
MPH 850 •
Aux Aux
IN IN IN IN IN1 IN2
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MPH110 1 S D S A G1 1 A10 P01
MPH110
Length
1 2 3 4 5
Bypass valve
S Without bypass C 1.75 bar E 2.5 bar
Diffuser and magnetic column
D With diffuser, with magnetic column
F With diffuser, without magnetic column
O Without diffuser, with magnetic column
E Without diffuser, without magnetic column
Air breather
S Without air breather
C With air breather 10 µm
D With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
P With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
pressurization 0.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Main Connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2 Main Connections Aux size 1 Aux size 2
G1 G 3/4” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G2 G 1” G 3/8” G 1/2” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G3 G 1 1/4” G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G4 3/4” NPT
G5 1” NPT 3/8” NPT 1/2” NPT
G6 1 1/4” NPT
Aux connection - see previous table
0 Not machined 1 Aux size 1 2 Aux size 2
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: MR100 1 A10 A P01
MR100
Element length
1 2 3 4 5
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm V FPM Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
DPT Dipstick 249
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
Connections T
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Nr. 2 holes G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
Connections T
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Nr. 2 holes G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MPH114 3 C E C Z G6 M60 P01
MPH114
Length
1 2 3 4 5
Bypass valve
S Without bypass C 1.75 bar E 2.5 bar
Diffuser and magnetic column
D With diffuser, with magnetic column
F With diffuser, without magnetic column
O Without diffuser, with magnetic column
E Without diffuser, without magnetic column
Air breather
S Without air breather
C With air breather 10 µm
D With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm
P With anti-splash and air breather SAP050 10 µm pressurization 0.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
G1 G 3/4” G6 1 1/4” NPT
G2 G 1” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G3 G 1 1/4” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
G4 3/4” NPT G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G5 1” NPT
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: MR100 3 M60 V P01
MR100
Element length
1 2 3 4 5
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm V FPM Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
DPT Dipstick 249
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
Connections T
Nr. 4 holes G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
Flat seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
Connections T
Nr. 4 holes G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MPH116 5 S D S A G1 A10 P01
MPH116
Length
1 2 3 4 5
Bypass valve
S Without bypass C 1.75 bar E 2.5 bar
Air breather
S Without air breather
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Flat seal on the head on request
Connections
G1 G 3/4” G6 1 1/4” NPT
G2 G 1” G7 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G3 G 1 1/4” G8 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
G4 3/4” NPT G9 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G5 1” NPT
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: MR100 5 A10 A P01
MR100
Element length
1 2 3 4 5
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm V FPM Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
DPT Dipstick 249
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
Connections T
Nr. 2 holes G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
MPH116
T - Connection for Holes on the tank
clogging indicator Option for 2 and 4 screws
without diffuser
Filter H1 H2
length [mm] [mm]
Nr. 4 holes at 90°
1 131 190
2 175 235
3 225 285
IN
4 325 385
5 425 485
Connections T
Nr. 2 holes G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MPH120 1 S D A G1 1 A10 P01
MPH120
Length
1 2 3 4 5
Bypass valve
S Without bypass C 1.75 bar E 2.5 bar
Diffuser and magnetic column
D With diffuser, with magnetic column
F With diffuser, without magnetic column
O Without diffuser, with magnetic column
E Without diffuser, without magnetic column
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: MR100 1 A10 A P01
MR100
Element length
1 2 3 4 5
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm V FPM Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Additional features page
DPT Dipstick 249
Connections T
Flat seal G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
H1 - Total length G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
immersed in the tank
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank
IN
MPH120
H2 - Recommended without diffuser
clearance space Filter H1 H2
for maintenance length [mm] [mm]
1 129 190
2 173 235
3 223 285
4 323 385
IN IN 5 423 485
Connections T
Flat seal
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
H1 - Total length G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
immersed in the tank
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Holes on the tank
IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MPH250 1 C D S A G1 A10 P01
MPH250
Length
1 2 3 4
Bypass valve
S Without bypass C 1.75 bar E 2.5 bar
Diffuser and magnetic column
D With diffuser, with magnetic column
F With diffuser, without magnetic column
O Without diffuser, with magnetic column
E Without diffuser, without magnetic column
Air breather
S Without air breather
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Main Connections Rear connections
G1 G 1 1/2” -
G2 G 1 1/2” G 1 1/4”
G4 1 1/2” NPT -
G5 1 1/2” NPT 1 1/4” NPT
G7 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN -
G8 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
F1 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M -
F2 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M 1 1/4” SAE 3000 psi/M
F3 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC -
F4 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 1 1/4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: MR250 1 A10 A P01
MR250
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm V FPM Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Flat seal
1 182 247 255
IN 2 231 247 305
3 302 317 375
4 502 507 580
H1 - without diffuser
Total length Connections T
H2 - with diffuser
immersed in the tank Total length
immersed in the tank
G1-G2-G3 G 1/8”
G4-G5-G6-G7-G8-G9 1/8” NPT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator Nr. 4 holes Holes on the tank
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
H3 - Recommended MPH250
clearance space 2 connection ports
for maintenance
Filter H1 H2 H3
length [mm] [mm] [mm]
Flat seal
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
Nr. 4 holes Holes on the tank
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MPH630 1 S E S W F1 M25 P01
MPH630
Length
1 2 3 4 5
Bypass valve
S Without bypass C 1.75 bar E 2.5 bar
Air breather
S Without air breather
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: MR630 1 M25 A P01
MR630
Element length
1 2 3 4 5
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm V FPM Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
Flat seal
length [mm] [mm] [mm]
IN 1 260 278 330
2 340 358 410
3 440 458 510
4 528 548 600
5 829 848 900
without diffuser
with diffuser
Connections T
F1 G 1/8”
F3 1/8” NPT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
MPH630
2 connection ports
Filter H1 H2 H3
length [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 260 278 330
Flat seal
Connections T
without diffuser
with diffuser
F2 G 1/8”
F4 1/8” NPT
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MPH660 4 C D S A F2 A10 P01
MPH660
Length
4 5
Bypass valve
S Without bypass C 1.75 bar E 2.5 bar
Air breather
S Without air breather
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Main Connections
F1 3” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 4” SAE 3000 psi/M
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: MR630 5 M25 A P01
MR630
Element length
4 5
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm V FPM Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
IN
Flat seal
without diffuser
with diffuser
G 1/8” Connection for Holes on the tank
clogging indicator Nr. 4 holes
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MPH850 1 C D S A F1 A10 P01
MPH850
Length
1 2 3 4
Bypass valve
S Without bypass C 1.75 bar
Diffuser and magnetic column
D With diffuser, with magnetic column
F With diffuser, without magnetic column
O Without diffuser, with magnetic column
E Without diffuser, without magnetic column
Air breather
S Without air breather
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: MR850 1 A10 A P01
MR850
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm V FPM Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
IN IN
Flat seal
H1 - without diffuser
Total length H2 - with diffuser
immersed in the tank Total length
immersed in the tank
Nr. 8 holes
MPH850
Connections UNI / SAE
Filter H1 H2 H3 H4
G 1/8” Connection for
length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
clogging indicator 1 383 419 150 510
2 598 634 150 725
3 878 914 250 1005
4 1143 1179 250 1270
H4 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN IN
Flat seal
H1 - without diffuser
Total length H2 - with diffuser
immersed in the tank Total length
immersed in the tank
Nr. 8 holes
MPH850
Connections SAE / SAE
Filter H1 H2 H3 H4
length [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
G 1/8” Connection for 1 383 419 150 515
clogging indicator
2 598 634 150 730
3 878 914 250 1010
4 1143 1179 250 1275
3i 5
6
3a 3g
3h
3d
3h
3b
3g
4
3c
3f
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3i) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Air breather filter element - version:
series element NBR FPM C D P
3e See
MPH 110 order 02050565 02050566 10 µm 10 µm 10 µm
MPH 114 table 02050582 02050583 A3L03 SAP50G3L03A0P01 SAP50G3L03A1P01
3a 3a
3d 3d
3b 3b
2 2
3c 3c
3f 3f
3e 3e
3a
3b
3c
3d
3e
3a
3a
3b 3b
3c
2
3d
3c
1
3e
2
3d
MPI series
Maximum working pressure up to 1 MPa (10 bar) - Flow rate up to 3000 l/min
MPI is a range of return filter kits for protection of the reservoir against - Diffuser: Tinned Steel
the system contamination.
They are directly integrated in the reservoir in immersed or - Valve: Steel
semi-immersed position to save space into the tank.
The use of the diffuser is recommended, to place the filter output
always immersed into the fluid to avoid aeration or foam generation
Bypass valve
into the reservoir.
The filtration from inside to outside allows a cleaner filter element - Opening pressure 175 kPa (1.75 bar) ±10%
replacement, the dirty remains into the filter element. - Opening pressure 250 kPa (2.5 bar) ±10%, except for MPI 850
Available features:
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the reservoir ∆p element type
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media - Microfibre filter elements - series MR: 10 bar
- Magnetic column, to hold the ferrous particles - Fluid flow through the filter element from IN to OUT
- Oil dipstick, to easily check the level of the fluid into the reservoir
(separate item)
- Diffuser, to reduce the risk of aeration, foaming and noise Seals
- Standard NBR series A
Common applications: - Optional FPM series V
Heavy duty industrial equipment
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C
Note
MPI filters are provided
for vertical mounting
M25
Filters series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M60 P10 P25
M90
1 26 29 72 79 107 282 164 190
2 43 46 112 114 161 318 164 190
MPI 100 3 64 72 132 156 178 324 219 251
4 90 99 184 198 216 324 266 302
5 117 128 201 219 244 324 282 318
Hydraulic symbol
Filter series Style 1 connection
MPI 100 •
MPI 250 •
MPI 630 •
MPI 850 •
IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: MPI100 1 C D A A10 P01
MPI100 Configuration example 2: MPI630 5 E D Z M25 P01
MPI250
MPI630
MPI850
Length MPI100 MPI250 MPI630 MPI850
1 • • • •
2 • • • •
3 • • • •
4 • • • •
5 • •
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: MR100 1 A10 A P01
MR100 Configuration example 2: MR630 5 M25 V P01
MR250
MR630
MR850
Element length Size 100 Size 250 Size 630 Size 850
1 • • • •
2 • • • •
3 • • • •
4 • • • •
5 • •
O-Ring seal
MPI100
without diffuser
Filter H1
length [mm]
1 141
2 185
3 235
4 335
5 435
O-Ring seal
MPI250
without diffuser
Filter H1
length [mm]
1 193
2 243
3 313
4 516
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length immersed in the tank
Filter seat
O-Ring seal
MPI630
without diffuser
Filter H1
length [mm]
1 275
2 355
3 455
4 540
5 841
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length immersed in the tank
Filter seat
O-Ring seal
H2 - Recommended
clearance space for maintenance
MPI850
without diffuser
Filter H1
length [mm]
1 405
2 620
3 900
4 1165
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length immersed in the tank
Filter seat
3c
3a
3a
2
2
3b 3b
3d
3d
3c
3c
3a
3a
2
2
3d
3d
with diffuser
3c
3a
3b
3d
without diffuser
3c
3b
3d
FRI series
Maximum working pressure up to 2 MPa (20 bar) - Flow rate up to 1500 l/min
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C
Note
FRI filters are provided
for vertical mounting
1” 2 1” 22
0.2
FRI
0.2
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
GENERAL INFORMATION
0
0
0 18 36 54 75 90
00
00 6018 12036 18
0
Valves 50 100 150 200 250
Pressure drop
Bypass valve pressure drop
∆p bar
2 1/2” 2 22
0.2 1” 2 1/2”
0.2 0.2 2 2
0 0
0
00 0 0 30 60 90 120 150 0 00 40030 800 12
0 60
00 200
50 400
100 600
150 800 1000
250 0 0 200 18 400 36600 54 800 751000 90 0 60 120 18
200
Valves
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve pressure drop
∆p bar
0.4 0.4
3 1/2”
22 2 1/2” 2 22 2
0.2 0.2
00 0 00 0
0 0 00 1818 3636 5454 7575 9090 0 00 6060
30 12060 180 90 250
120 300
150 0 400 800 1200
0 120 180 250 300
0 0 200 1000600
500 400 Flow rate1500
l/min800 20001000 2500 Flow rate l/min
FRI
FRI040
FRI 040-- 100
250 - 100
255 FRI
FRI630
630- 850
- 850
66 6 66
FRI 850
0.6
44 4 44
∆p bar
∆p bar
0.4
3 1/2”
22 2 22
0.2
00 0 00
90 00 0 3030
60 6060
120 9090
180 120
120
250 150
150
300 00 400
400 800
800 1200
1200 1600
1600 2000
2000
0
1000 Flow
1500rate l/min Flow rate l/min
0
0 500 2000 2500
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies
6
proportionally
FRI 630 - 850 with density.
0
150 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style 1 connection + Diff. indic. Style 2 connections + Diff. indic.
FRI 025 •
FRI 040 •
FRI 100 •
FRI 250 •
FRI 255 •
FRI 630 •
FRI 850 •
IN IN
D.I.
D.I.
OUT OUT
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: FRI025 B A G1 A25 N P01
FRI025 Configuration example 2: FRI040 S W G2 M25 N P01
FRI040
Bypass valve
B With bypass
S Without bypass
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: CU025 A25 N P01
CU025 Configuration example 2: CU040 M25 W P01
CU040
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 242 DTA Electronic differential indicator 245
DEM Electrical differential indicator 242-243 DVA Visual differential indicator 245
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 243-244 DVM Visual differential indicator 245
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 244
Additional features page
T2 Plug 246
IN
Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
IN
Plug
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
Recommended
FRI040
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
IN
Plug
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: FRI100 B A G1 A25 N P01
FRI100 Configuration example 2: FRI630 S W F2 M25 N P01
FRI250
FRI630
Bypass valve
B With bypass
S Without bypass
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: CU100 A25 N P01
CU100 Configuration example 2: CU630 M25 W P01
CU250
CU630
ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 242 DTA Electronic differential indicator 245
DEM Electrical differential indicator 242-243 DVA Visual differential indicator 245
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 243-244 DVM Visual differential indicator 245
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 244
Additional features page
T2 Plug 246
IN
Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
IN
Plug
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
FRI100
Recommended
clearance space Flange connections “F”
for maintenance
IN
Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
IN
Blind flange
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
IN
Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
IN
Plug
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
FRI250
Recommended Flange connections “F”
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
IN
Blind flange
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
IN
Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
IN
Plug
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
FRI630
Recommended
clearance space Flange connections “F”
for maintenance
IN
Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
IN
Blind flange
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: FRI255 S W F2 M25 N P01
FRI255 Configuration example 2: FRI850 B A F1 A25 N P01
FRI850
Bypass valve
B With bypass
S Without bypass
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR head anodized filter element compatible • •
Z FPM head anodized with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections for FRI255 Connections for FRI850
G1 G 1 1/2” F1 3 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
G2 1 1/2” NPT F2 3 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
G3 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
G4 G 1 1/4”
G5 1 1/4” NPT
G6 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
F1 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Element ∆p Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm N 10 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: CU250 M25 W P01
CU250 Configuration example 2: CU850 A25 N P01
CU850
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
N NBR • • •
V FPM • • • Execution
W NBR • • P01 MP Filtri standard
filter element compatible
Z FPM with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Pxx Customized
FRI255 ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 240 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVR Radial pressure gauge 240 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 239
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 241 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 239-240
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 241
FRI850 ACCESSORIES
Indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 242 DTA Electronic differential indicator 245
DEM Electrical differential indicator 242-243 DVA Visual differential indicator 245
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 243-244 DVM Visual differential indicator 245
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 244
Additional features page
T2 Plug 246
IN
O-Ring seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
Recommended
FRI850
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
3a
3c
3d
3b
3a 3a
3c 3c
2 2
3d 3d
3f 3b 3b
3c
3a
3d
3b
FRI 850
3a
3c
3d
3b
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3e)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
3e series element NBR FPM
See
FRI 850 order 02050218 02050225
table
RF2 series
Maximum working pressure up to 2 MPa (20 bar) - Flow rate up to 350 l/min
Note
RF2 250-350 filters mounting,
see the drawings on page 235
and following
0.1
0.1
0
0 80 160 240 320 400
0
0 80 160 240 320 400
Flow rate l/min
Valves
Valves
Bypass valve pressure drop
Bypass valve pressure drop Bypass valve pressure drop
RF2 250 - 350
6
RF2 250 - 350
6
4
∆p bar
4
2
2
0
0 60 120 180 250 300
0
Flow rate l/min
0 60 120 180 250 300
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style B - E
RF2 250 •
RF2 350 •
IN
OUT
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example 1: RF2250 W F2 E M25 P01
RF2250 Configuration example 2: RF2350 A G1 B A25 P01
RF2350
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Z FPM compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections Aux (only RF2350) Mxx Pxx
G1 G 1 1/2” G 1” • •
G2 1 1/2” NPT - •
G3 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN • •
G4 G 1 1/4” - •
G5 1 1/4” NPT - •
G6 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN - •
G7 G 1” - •
G8 1” NPT - •
G9 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN - •
F1 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M - •
F2 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC - •
Bypass valve
B 1.75 bar
E 3 bar
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Execution
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm P01 MP Filtri standard
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example 1: CU250 M25 W P01
CU250 Configuration example 2: CU250 A25 N P01
IN
Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
RF2250
Recommended Flange connections “F”
clearance space
for maintenance
IN
Flat seal
Total length
immersed in the tank
IN
Aux
IN
Holes on the tank
Nr. 4 holes
Aux
IN
3c
3a
3d
3b
3e
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3e)
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number
series element NBR FPM
RF2 250 See
order 02050586 02050587
RF2 350 table
Clogging indicators
2 2
1 1
3 3
Introduction
Filter elements are efficient only if their Dirt Holding Capacity is fully exploited. MP Filtri can supply indicators of the following designs:
This is achieved by using filter housings equipped with clogging indicators.
- Vacuum switches and gauges
IN IN IN
These devices trip when the clogging of the filter element causes an increase - Pressure switches and gauges
in pressure drop across the filter element. - Differential pressure indicators
The indicator is set to alarm before the element becomes fully clogged. These type of devices can be provided with a visual, electrical or both signals.
OUT OUT OUT
connection.
IN IN IN
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
2
2 2 1
1 1 3
3 3
10
10
10
Dimensions
EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
77
73
77
1000
1 3 1 1
2 Electrical data 2 2
- Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 14 Vdc
A/F 27 4 A / 30 Vdc
Max tightening 5 A / 125 Vac
10
10
10
55
- Available Atex product: II 1GD Ex ia IIC Tx Ex ia IIIC Tx°C X
77
14
BEM*41 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
- Body: Brass EN 10226 - R1/8”
10
Electrical symbol
3 3 - Working temperature:3 From -25 °C to +80 °C
GREY 1
- Compatibility with fluids:
1
Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
BLACK 2 2
2
1
- Degree of protection: 2 IP67 according to EN 60529
BROWN 3
Electrical data
55
YELLOW / GREEN
- Electrical connection: Four-core cable
77
77
73
77
4 A / 250 Vac
Max tightening 2
1 - 2CE certification
torque: 25 N∙m 1
3 ENOn10226 - R1/8”
request this indicator can be provided with main connectors
10
12
12
12
73
2
1 1 1 Electrical data 1 1
3 - Electrical connection:
2 EN 175301-803
2 2 2
- Type 3 51 52 53
- Lamps 4 5 24 Vdc 110 Vdc 230 Vac
A/F 27 - Resistive load: 5 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc 1 A / 230 Vac
Max tightening
10
10
73
BAROMETRIC INDICATORS 1
2
1 2
3
Dimensions
10
10
EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
BL*71 Hydraulic symbol Materials
Electrical/Visual Pressure Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1.5 bar ±10% BL A 15 H A 71 P01 1 - Seal: HNBR
2 bar ±10% BL A 20 H A 71 P01 3
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 40 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 60 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
4 4 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
73
GREEN RED
LAMP LAMP - Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
3 3
2
Electrical data 1
1 1 1
3
- Electrical connection:
2
IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
2
A/F 27
2 - Lamps: 3
24 Vdc
Max tightening - Resistive load: 4 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
10
torque: 25 N∙m 5
” EN 10226 - R1/8”
Yellow
43
ø 43 øøø43
3
- Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar
1
Fluctuating: 6 bar
2
Green Short time: 10 bar
- Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C
bar
EN 10226
EN 10226 - R1/8” - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
EN 10226 -- R1/8”
R1/8”
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
A/F 11 BV A 25 P01 - Accuracy: Class 2.5 according to EN 13190
15
EN 10226 - A/F
R1/8”
A/F 11
15
11
15
Green
2
1 1 2
25
bar 3
A/F
16
A/F 11 4
EN 10226 - R1/8” 5
Green 2
23
1 1 2
23
23
3
bar
23
A/F 27
Max tightening Signals
14
55
torque: 25 N∙m
2
EN 10226 - R1/8” 1 Absence of pressure Presence of pressure Clogged filter element
(no3 indicator) (green button rises gradually) (red button risen)
14
EN 10226 - R1/8”
R1/8”
2
1
1
3 2
3
4
DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE 5
Type BE BL BV
A Standard type • • A Axial connection pressure gauge
M With wired electrical connection • R Radial connection pressure gauge
P Visual indicator with automatic reset
Q Visual indicator with manual reset
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar 4
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
3 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils,
3 Synthetic fluids
53
53
2
50
1 1 HFA, HFB,1 HFC according to ISO 2943
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
2 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
A/F 30
Max tightening Electrical data
torque: 65 N∙m - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
75
60
2
1
1
3 2
Technical data
3 3 - Max working pressure: 420 bar 3
1 Electrical symbol
1 - Proof pressure: 630 bar 1
2 2
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar 2
2 - Working temperature:
2 From -25 °C to +110 °C 2
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils,5 Synthetic fluids
75
2
flexible cable: 290 to “A”
1
1
3 - Degree protection:1 IP66 according to EN 60529 1
Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Superseal series 1.5
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
- Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
A/F 28 - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
Max tightening
75
torque: 65 N∙m
60
2
1
1
2 C
3
2 DEM*20 2
Hydraulic symbol
3
Materials 2
A
4
Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
5 B
1 1 - Base: 1 Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
1 2
2 bar ±10% DEM20xx20P01 1
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
3
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
C
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
2 2 - Working temperature:
2 From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids A
2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943B
75
1 1 1 1
60
Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Time junior
A/F 28 - Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m
- Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
2
1
1
3 2
75
60
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature:
C From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 2 2
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
1 A HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
Thermal lockout
75
3 - Degree protection:
B
IP66 according to EN 60529
1 1
Electrical data
- Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-2-P
A/F 28
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
2
75
1
1
3 2
DEM*35 C
Hydraulic symbol
3
4
Materials
Electrical Differential Indicator 5
- Body: Brass
2 - Base: Black Nylon
A
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
2 bar1±10% DE M 20 xx 35 P01 B
3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
C - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2 2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
flexible cable: 240 to “A”
A 1
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
B
1
Electrical data
53
53
50
DLA*51
C
- DLA*52 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
Electrical/Visual
A Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
5
- Base: Transparent Nylon
B
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
2 bar ±10% DL A 20 x A xx P01 1 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
3
Technical data
Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 420 bar
4
- Proof pressure: 4
630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
3 3 3HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
53
50
1 1
2
- Degree protection: 1IP66 according to EN 60529
2 2 1
1 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 2
Electrical data 3 5
A/F 30
Max tightening - Electrical connection:
4 EN 175301-803
torque: 65 N∙m - Type 5 51 52
- Lamps 24 Vdc 110 Vdc
- Resistive load: 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc
50
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS 1
2
1 2
Dimensions 3
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
2 1 IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 3 1
3 2
1 A/F 30 1 Electrical data 3
2 Max tightening 2 2 - Electrical connection:
4
IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
torque: 65 N∙m 1 - Lamps 5 24 Vdc
5 3 - Resistive load: 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
59 58
58
Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code 1
- Contacts: 1 Silver
2 bar ±10% DL E 20 x A 50 P01 3 - Seal: 2 HNBR - FPM
4 3
Technical data 4
- Max working pressure:
5 420 bar
3 59 - Proof pressure: 58 630 bar
1
2 - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
1 1 - Working
2 temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 3
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
5 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
Electrical symbol - Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
58
58
3
3 Electrical data
1 - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803 1
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
2 2 2
- Available the connector with lamps
1
A/F 32
3
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m
59 58
3
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
21bar ±10% DL E 20 x F 50 P01 1 1- Seal: 1 HNBR - FPM
3 2
2 2
Technical data 3
4
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
58 - Proof pressure:5 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
Electrical symbol
58
3 Electrical data
Thermal lockout - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
1
- Thermal lockout setting: +30 °C
A/F 32 2
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m
47
39
Electronic Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
2
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
Settings Ordering code 1 - Contacts: Silver Industry 4.0
1 READY
2 bar ±10% DT A 20 x x 70 P01
3 2 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
3
4 Technical data
5 - Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP67 according to EN 60529
47
39
Electrical symbol
34
Electrical data
1 +24 Vdc - Electrical connection: IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
- Power supply: 24 Vdc
A/F 30 2 4 ÷ 20 mA
- Analogue output: From 4 to 20 mA
Max tightening 75% - N.O.
torque: 50 N∙m
3
Digital output - Thermal lockout: 30 °C (all output signals stalled up to 30 °C)
100% - N.O.
4 Digital output
5 0 Vdc
34
1 2
3
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
A/F 28
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m
2
1
3
2 Technical data
1
1 - Reset: Manual reset
3 2
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
3
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
4
Red - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
clogging indicator 5
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
34
A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m
2
1
3
T2 Materials
Indicator plug - Body: Phosphatized steel
- Seal: HNBR / FPM
Seal Ordering code
HNBR T2 H
FPM T2 V
A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 50 N∙m
Accessories
STEEL EXTENSION TUBE NYLON EXTENSION TUBE
H1 - Total
length
immersed
in the tank
Configuration TE 40 A 250
Series example:
TE
Size ø D [mm]
25 25
32 32 Material Length H [mm] H1 [mm]
Configuration example: A Nylon 200 200 174
40 40
MPF191 2 A F1 A10 H B S60 250 250 224
Length H [mm] 300 300 274
S30 300 350 350 324
S35 350 400 400 374
S40 400 450 450 424
S45 450 500 500 474
S50 500 COMPATIBILITY TABLE
S60 600 Filter series Filter size Filter Length TE25 TE32 TE40
MPF - MPFX 30 1 •
S70 700 1
2 •
S80 800 MPF 100 104 110 3 •
S90 900 4
1
MPFX 100 104 110 2 •
3
4
MPF - MPFX 181 182 184 1 •
COMPATIBILITY TABLE ø D [mm] 2
Filter series Filter size Filter Length 52 65 1 DFS40
MPT - MPTX 025 027 2 •
191 192 194 2 • 3
1 •
1 • 2
MPT 101 104 110 114 120 3
MPF 400 410 450 451 2 - 4 •
• 1
3 - 2
MPTX 101 104 110 114 120 •
3
750 1 - • 4
O-Ring 3106
M30x1.5
A/F 34
Configuration example:
DPT 20 M10 A P01
Series
DPT
Configuration example: DFS 32 A 250 Length H [mm]
Series
DFS 15 134
Size ø D [mm] 20 184
32 32 25 234
40 40 30 284
Version 35 334
A Standard
Fastening
Length
M8 Fastening with screws ø D = M8
075 Standard
M10 Fastening with screws ø D = M10
COMPATIBILITY TABLE
Filter series Filter size Filter Length DFS32 DFS40 Seals
1 • A NBR
2
MPF 100 104 110 3 V FPM
4 •
1 Execution
MPFX 100 104 110 2 • P01 MP Filtri standard
3 Pxx Customized
4
1
2 •
MPT 101 104 110 114 120 3
4 •
1
MPTX 101 104 110 114 120 2 •
3
4
FILTER SIZING
For the proper corrective factor Y see chapter at page 24
With exclusive filter element you are sure that only MP Filtri filter
elements can be used, ensuring the best cleaning level of the oil
due to the use of originals filter elements.
Cover
Diaphragm
Exagonal spigot
MRSX series
Maximum working pressure up to 1 MPa (10 bar) - Flow rate up to 300 l/min
Common applications:
Mobile machines with hydrostatic systems on board
(i.e. skid steer loaders, telehandlers, dumpers, road sweepers)
MRSX
0.4 2
0
GENERAL INFORMATION
0.4
0
0 60 120 180 240 300 0
0 24 48 72 96 120 0
0 24 48 72 96 120
Pressure drop
0 60
1 4
0.8 1
∆p bar
∆p bar
0.5 2
0.4 0.5 MRSX 165/166 -
1.5 MRSX 165
1.5
0 0
0 0 60 120 180 240 300 0 01 60 120 180 240 300
0 24 48 72 96 120 0 60 120 180 240 300
1
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
Valves 0.5 *
MRSX 165/166 - Valves 0.5
Bypass1.5
valve pressure drop
Bypass valve pressure drop 0 Bypass valve pressure drop
MRSX 165 - 166 0 60 120 180 240 300 0
MRSX 116
16 6 0
MRSX 116 - MRSX 116
6
0.5
4 4
MRSX 165/166 -
∆p bar
∆p bar
4 1.5
02 2
0 60 120 180 240 300 2 1
0 0
24Valves
0 24 48 72 96 120 0 0 60 120
0.5
180 240 *
300
0 48 72 Flow rate 120
96 l/min 0 24 Flow 72
48 rate l/min 96 120
Bypass valve pressure drop
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO03968.
MRSX 165/166∆p
- varies proportionally with density. 0 60 120 180 240 300
MRSX 116
6
2
MRSX 165/166 -
1.5
0
0 60 1200 180
24 24048 300
72 96 120 1
0.5 *
ve pressure drop
0
0 60 120 180 240 300
MRSX 116
0 24 48 72 96 120
Filter series Valves A option Valves B option Valves C option Valves D option Valves E option
MRSX 116
IN IN IN IN
IN
1 1 1 1
1
6 6 3
OUT OUT OUT OUT 6
3 3 3 3 OUT
2 4 2 2 5 4 5
2
2
Valves F option Valves G option Valves H option Valves I option Valves M option
Suitable only for tank side-wall mounting
IN
IN IN IN IN
1
1 1 1 1
3 3 3 6 3
6 6 6 OUT 6
OUT OUT OUT 3 OUT
2 7
4 2 2 5 4 5 2 7
2
Tank Tank Tank Tank Tank
Filter series Valves A option Valves B option Valves C option Valves D option Valves E option
MRSX 165-166
Aux Aux Aux Aux
IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Aux
IN IN IN
1 1 1 1
1
OUT OUT 6 OUT 6 OUT 3
6 OUT
3 OUT 3 OUT 3 OUT 3 OUT
OUT
2 4 2 2 5 2 5
2
Valves F option Valves G option Valves H option Valves I option Valves M option
Suitable only for tank side-wall mounting
Aux
IN IN IN Aux
Aux Aux Aux IN IN IN
IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
1
1 1 1 1
6 OUT
3 3 3 3
6 OUT 6 OUT 6 OUT 6 OUT
3 OUT
OUT OUT OUT OUT
2 7
4 2 2 5 4 5 2 7
LEGEND
1 - Filter element 5 - Anti-Cavitation valve
2 - Back-Pressure valve: opening pressure 0.5 bar ±10% 6 - Safety filter element (wire mesh 60 μm)
3 - Bypass valve: opening pressure 2.5 bar ±10% 7 - Anti-Cavitation valve / Anti-Emptying valve
4 - Depressurization valve
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MRSX116 1 B A G1 0 A16 B P01
MRSX116 Filter element with private spigot
Length
1 2
Hydraulic diagram configuration - see page 257
Bypass valve to tank Bypass valve to OUT
A B C D •
E F G H •
I •
M •
Seals and treatments
A NBR, O-Ring on head B NBR, flat seal on head
V FPM, O-Ring on head D FPM, flat seal on head
Connections IN Connections OUT
G1 G 3/4” G 3/4”
G2 G 1” G 1”
G3 3/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
G4 1” NPT 1” NPT
G5 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G6 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
D1 G 1” G 3/4”
D2 1” NPT 3/4” NPT
D3 SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
Aux IN connection
0 Without aux IN connection
Filtration rating (filter media)
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Valves configuration
Mounting position A B C D E F G H I L M N
S Standard • • • • • • • •
B Tank side-wall mounting • • • • • • • • Execution
P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: RSX116 1 A16 A P01
RSX116 Filter element with private spigot
Element length
1 2
Filtration rating (filter media)
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm Seals Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators on Return Line page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 278 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 276
BVR Radial pressure gauge 278 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 276
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 279 BET Electrical pressure indicator 276-277
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 279 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 277-278
Connections T
G1 - G2 G 1/8”
H2 - Recommended G3 - G4 1/8” NPT
clearance space
for maintenance G5 - G6 1/8” NPT
D1 G 1/8”
D2 - D3 1/8” NPT
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
Return Suction
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
on Suction Line Holes on the tank
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
on Return Line Nr. 2 holes
OUT IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: MRSX166 2 C V G3 1 A10 S P01
MRSX165 MRSX166 Filter element with private spigot
Length
1 2 3
Hydraulic diagram configuration - see page 257
Bypass valve to tank Bypass valve to OUT
A B C D •
E F G H •
I •
M •
Valves configuration
Mounting position A B C D E F G H I L M N
S Standard • • • • • • • •
B Tank side-wall mounting • • • • • • • • Execution
P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: RSX165 2 A10 V P01
RSX165 Filter element with private spigot
Element length
1 2 3
ACCESSORIES
Indicators on Return Line page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 278 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 276
BVR Radial pressure gauge 278 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 276
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 279 BET Electrical pressure indicator 276-277
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 279 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 277-278
Connections T
G1 G 1/8”
G2 - G3 1/8” NPT
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
Return Suction
T - Connection for
clogging indicator T - Connection for
on Return Line clogging indicator
on Suction Line
Without With
Aux IN connection Aux IN connection
IN IN
Connections T
G1 G 1/8”
G2 - G3 1/8” NPT
O-Ring seal
H1 - Total length
immersed in the tank
Return Suction
T - Connection for
clogging indicator T - Connection for
on Return Line clogging indicator
on Suction Line
IN IN
3a
2b
3b
3b
3c
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
3e Item: 2a 2b 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4
Filter Filter Safety filter Seal Kit code number Optional head seal (molded gasket)
series element element NBR FPM NBR FPM
See
2a MRSX 116 order S116M60P01 02050617 02050619 01026593 01026598
table
3d
3f
3g 4
3a
2b
3b
3c
3e
3g
3h 4
Note
LMP124 filters are provided
for vertical mounting
8
A>C
8
Pressure drop
A>C
8 8
12
6
LMP 124 Filter housings ∆p pressure4 drop A>B 4
LMP 124 4 A>B 4 A>C
6
A>C 8
4 0 0
A>C 80 120 160 200 80
4 A>B 0 0 40 0 0 40
LMP 124 4 A>B
6 0 40 80 120 160 200 0 40 80
∆p bar
A>B
2
2 A>C
4 0
0 0 40 80 120 160 200
A>B
0 0 40 80 120 160 200
Style Style
0 40 80
Flow rate l/min
1202 160 200
C-D Style
-E-F Style
G -H
Valves 0 12
C - D - E - F12 G-H
LMP 124 - Filter length: 1-2-3-4
Bypass
Valves valve pressure drop 0 40 80 120
Bypass valve pressure drop
160 200
A>C LMP 124 - Filter length: Style 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 A>C
Bypass valve pressure drop
LMP 124 12 8
3
12 8 C - D - E -3 F
12
LMP 124 Valves 3 3 124 - Filter length: A>C A>B
12 A>C A>B LMP
24
Bypass valve pressure drop 8 4 8 4 1 2
3 4
8 2 1 2 2
3 4
∆p bar
8 A>C 2 2 A>B
LMP 124 0 A>B 0
12 4 43
4 0 40 80 1 120 160 200 0 40 80 1 120 160 200
A>B 1 2
4 A>C 1 1 3 4
8 0 02
0 0 40 80 1200 160 200 0 40 80 1200 160 200
A>B 60 90 120 150 60
0 0 40 80 120 160 200 00 30 00 30
12
0 40 Flow
80 rate l/min
4
120 160 200
12 0 30 60 90 1 120 150 0 30 60
40 80 120 160 200
A>C Style A>C Style
12 8 0 12 8
C - D200 - 3E - F 0
0 30 60
G 90- 3H 120 Valves
150
0 40 80 120 160
80 120 160 200
LMP 124 - Filter housing with 2 bar checkA>C
valve
A>B
LMP 124 - Filter Style
housing with3 3 bar check valve A>C A>B
LMP 124 - Filter length: 11 - 2 - 3 - 4
Style 3
12 12 12 12
e drop 8 4 8 4
C - D - E -2 F A>C A>C 1
2
3 4 G - H 2
A>C A>C 2
2 A>B 3 2
4 84 80 A>B 843 80 LMP 124 - Filter length: 3 1 - 32 -3-4 4
∆p bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
10
0
1
30 60
G 90- H 120 150
0
10
0
1
30 60 90 120 120 150 150
0
0 30 60 90 0 30 60 90 120 150
ilter length:0STYLE
03 1 -G2--H3 - 4 03 03 3
0 0 30 30 60 60 90 90 120 120 150 150 0 0 30 30 60 60 90 90 120 120 150 150
1 2 1
Absolute filtration A10 Absolute filtration A16 2 3 Absolute filtration A25
3 32 3 4 3 32 2 1 4 3 2 1
2 3 2 3
4 4
1 1
3 4 1 2 2 3 2 3
32 231 3 4 4 321 31 1 1 1
2 2 3 4 2 2 3
∆p bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
4 4
1 2 1 2 1 1
2 3 2 3
21 120 3 4 3 4 210 20 4 4 0
1 1
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 0 30 30 60 60 90 90 120 120 150 150 0 30 60 90 120 150
10 10 0 10 1 0
150 0 0 30 30 60 60 90 90 120 120 150 150 0 0 30 30 60 60 90 90 120 120 150 150 0 30 60 90 120 150
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
0 03 0 03
0 0 30 30 60 60 90 90 120 120 150 150 0 0 30 30 60 60 90 90 120 120 150 150
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
3∆p varies
32 proportionally with density. 1 2 3 2 1
2
3 4 3 4
1
32 3 2 3 32 31
3 4 21 1
2 3 4 1
2 3
4 4
267 Return / Suction filters
2 20 1 1 2 20 1 1
LMP 124
MULTIPORT
A
C B
OUT 1 IN OUT 1 IN
OUT 1 IN OUT 1 IN
A Return
B Tank
C Pump
OUT 2
OUT 2
A
C B
OUT 1 IN
OUT 1 IN
A Return
B Pump
C Tank
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP124 4 C A F 1 A10 N P01
LMP124
Filter length
1 2 3 4
Hydraulic diagram configuration - see page 268
C D E F G H
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
B G 1”
F SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
Connection for indicator
1 Without
2 With connection G 1/8” for clogging indicator
3 With connection G 1/4” for clogging indicator
4 With connection for differential indicator
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU110 4 A10 A N P01
CU110
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Indicators on Return Line page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 278 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 276
BVR Radial pressure gauge 278 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 276
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 279 BET Electrical pressure indicator 276-277
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 279 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 277-278
Dimensions
LMP 124
MULTIPORT
Filter H
length [mm]
1 182
2 215
3 265
4 365
Connections R
B M10
F 3/8” UNC
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Side
OUT
Front IN
OUT
3d 3c 4
3a
3b
IN IN IN
IN IN IN
OUT
OUT OUT
OUT OUT
OUT
BAROMETRIC INDICATORS
Pressure indicators are used on the Return line to check the
efficiency of the filter element.
They measure the pressure upstream of the filter element.
Standard items are produced with R 1/8” EN 10226 connection. 1
2
1
2
3 3
IN IN IN
OUT OUT OUT
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS OUT OUT
OUT OUT
OUT OUT
OUT
Differential indicators are used on the Pressure line to check the
efficiency of the filter element.
They measure the pressure upstream and downstream of the 2 2 1
2
1 1 3
filter element (differential pressure). 3
1
2 3
1
2
3 3
Standard items are produced with special connection G 1/2” size.
Also available in Stainless Steel models. IN IN IN
IN
IN IN
IN IN
IN IN
IN
OUT OUT OUT
VLB21AA51P01
Suction VVB16P01 VLB21AA52P01
MRSX 116 - 165 - 166 VEB21AA50P01
line VVS16P01 VLB21AA53P01
IN IN IN
VLB21AA71P01
OUT OUT OUT
BEA25HA50P01
BVA25P01 BLA25HA51P01
BEM25HA41P01
Return MRSX 116 - 165 - 166 BVR25P01 BLA25HA52P01
BET25HF10P01 2
line LMP 124 MULTIPORT BVP20HP01 BLA25HA53P01 1
2
1
2 1
BET25HF30P01 3 3
3
BVQ20HP01 BLA25HA71P01
BET25HF50P01
IN IN IN
12
12
12
Dimensions
R R
77
77
1 3 1
73
2 2 2
Electrical data
77
77
73
5
- Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 14 Vdc
A/F 27 4 A / 30 Vdc
Max tightening 5 A / 125 Vac
12
12
12
R R R
12
12
2 - CE certification1
1
3 2
R R R
VL*51 - VL*52 - VL*53 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
- Body: Brass
Electrical/Visual Vacuum Indicator 5
- Base: Transparent Nylon
R Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Brass - Nylon
EN 10226 - R1/4” VL A 21 A A xx P01 1 - Seal: NBR
3
EN 10226 - R1/8” VL B 21 A A xx P01
Technical data
4 4
- Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 10 bar
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
3 4 3 - Working temperature:4 From3 -25 °C to +80 °C
1
GREEN
1
RED
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral
1 oils, Synthetic fluids
2
LAMP
2
LAMP
HFA,2 HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree of protection: 3 IP65 according to EN 60529
77
3 3
73
2 5
1
1 1 1 1
3 Electrical data 2
77
73
2 2 2
- Electrical connection:
3 EN 175301-803
GREEN RED GREEN RED
LAMP LAMP - Type 4 5 51 LAMP 52 LAMP 53
A/F 27 - Lamps 5 24 Vdc 110 Vdc 230 Vac
Max tightening - Resistive load: 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc 1 A / 230 Vac
12
12
2
torque: 25 N∙m 1
GREEN RED 1 2 GREEN RED
LAMP LAMP LAMP LAMP
3
R R
12
12
R VL*71 R
Hydraulic symbol Materials
- Body: Brass
Electrical/Visual Vacuum Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
Connections Indicator code 2 - Contacts: Silver
EN 10226 - R1/4” VL A 21 A A 71 P01 1 - Seal: NBR
3
EN 10226 - R1/8” VL B 21 A A 71 P01
Technical data
4 4 - Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 10 bar
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
4 3 43 - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
1 1 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2 2
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
73
3 35 2
1
1
1 1
3 Electrical data 2
2 2 - Electrical connection:
3 IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
5
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP - Lamps 4 24 Vdc
A/F 27 - Resistive load: 5 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
Max tightening
12
torque: 25 N∙m
GREEN RED GREEN RED
LAMP LAMP LAMP LAMP
R
A/F 14 Yellow - Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar
18ø43
cmHg
R - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
24
A/F 14
[cmHg] [bar] - Degree of protection: IP31 according to EN 60529
18
-12 -0.16
24
-18 -0.24
24
2
-76 -1.01
1 1 2
VVR - VVS 3
Hydraulic symbol Materials
Radial Vacuum Gauge - Case: Painted Steel
R A/F Ordering code - Window: Transparent plastic
EN 10226 - R1/4” 14 V V R 16 P01 - Dial: Painted Steel
EN 10226 - R1/8” 11 V V S 16 P01 - Pointer: Painted Aluminium
Dial scale - Pressure connection: Brass
Red 2 - Pressure element: Bourdon tube Cu-alloy soft soldered
1
3 Technical data
ø53
Fluctuating: 6 bar
Short time: 10 bar
Green - Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C
ø53 18
-18 3 -0.24 2
1828
2
-76 -1.01 3
1 2
R 1
4
3
R 5
A NBR • • 3
4
Thermostat VE VL VV 5
A Without • •
Electrical connections VE VL VV
50 Connection EN 175301-803 •
51 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 24 Vdc • Option
52 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 110 Vdc • P01 MP Filtri standard
53 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 230 Vdc • Pxx Customized
71 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12), black base with lamps 24 Vdc •
275 Return / Suction filters
BAROMETRIC INDICATORS
10
10
10
Dimensions
EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
73
77
1000
1 3 1 1
2 Electrical data 2 2
- Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 14 Vdc
A/F 27 4 A / 30 Vdc
Max tightening 5 A / 125 Vac
10
10
10
55
- Available Atex product: II 1GD Ex ia IIC Tx Ex ia IIIC Tx°C X
77
14
BEM*41 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
- Body: Brass EN 10226 - R1/8”
10
Electrical symbol
3 3 - Working temperature:3 From -25 °C to +80 °C
GREY 1
- Compatibility with fluids:
1
Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
BLACK 2 2
2
1
- Degree of protection: 2 IP67 according to EN 60529
BROWN 3
Electrical data
55
YELLOW / GREEN
- Electrical connection: Four-core cable
77
4 A / 250 Vac
Max tightening
- CE certification
torque: 25 N∙m
ENOn10226 - R1/8”
request this indicator can be provided with main connectors
10
BET*10 3
81
79
Technical data
BLACK - Max working pressure: 10 bar
EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
BROWN - Proof pressure: 15 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +100 °C
YELLOW / GREEN Electrical symbol
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
N.C.
1
N.C. - Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
3 Thermal lockout
81
79
C C
Electrical data
A/F 27 - Electrical connection: AMP Superseal series 1.5
Max tightening - Resistive load: 0.5 A / 48 Vdc
torque: 25 N∙m - Thermostat condition: Open up to 30 °C
- CE certification
9
81
79
BET*30 Hydraulic symbol Materials
Electrical Pressure Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code - Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
- Seal: HNBR
9
9
3
2.5 bar ±10% BE T 25 H F 30 P01
EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 10 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 15 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +100 °C
N.C. N.C. - Compatibility with fluids:
N.C. Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2 Thermal lockout
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
C 1 - Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
C C
79
3
A/F 27 Electrical data
Max tightening - Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-2-P
torque: 25 N∙m - Resistive load: 0.5 A / 48 Vdc
- Thermostat condition: Open up to 30 °C
- CE certification
9
8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
2
1
1
71
81
3 2
N.C.
BET*50 Hydraulic symbol
3
4
Materials
Electrical Pressure Indicator 5
- Body: Brass
C - Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code1 2
- Contacts: Silver
1
2 bar ±10% BE T 20 H F 50 P01 - Seal: HNBR
9
9
3
2.5 bar ±10% BE T 25 H F 50 P01
EN 10226 - R1/8”Technical data EN 10226 - R1/8”
- Max working pressure: 10 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 15 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +100 °C
N.C. - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral
N.C.
oils, Synthetic fluids
2 Thermal lockout
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
1 - Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
71
81
79
C C
3
73
77
connected
torque: 25 N∙m - Resistive load: 0.5 A / 48 Vdc
- Thermostat condition: Open up to 30 °C
- CE certification
9
2
EN 10226 - R1/8” 1
EN 10226 2- R1/8”
1
EN 10226 - R1/8”
3
10
10
10
2
1
1
3 2
N.C. EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 102263 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
BL*51 - BL*52 - BL*53 N.C.
Hydraulic symbol 4
Materials
N.C.
Electrical/Visual
C Pressure Indicator 5
- Body: Brass
C C
- Base: Transparent Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
1.5 bar ±10% BL A 15 H A xx P01 1 - Seal: HNBR
2 bar ±10% BL A 20 H A xx P01 3
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 40 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 60 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
4 4
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
GREEN RED
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
LAMP LAMP
- Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
3 3 3
77
73
2
1 1 1 Electrical data 1 1
3 - Electrical connection:
2 EN 175301-803
2 2 2
- Type 3 51 52 53
- Lamps 4 24 Vdc 110 Vdc 230 Vac
A/F 27 - Resistive load: 5 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc 1 A / 230 Vac
Max tightening
10
10
torque: 25 N∙m
73
BAROMETRIC INDICATORS 1
2
1 2
3
Dimensions
10
10
EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
BL*71 Hydraulic symbol Materials
Electrical/Visual Pressure Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1.5 bar ±10% BL A 15 H A 71 P01 1 - Seal: HNBR
2 bar ±10% BL A 20 H A 71 P01 3
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 40 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 60 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
4 4 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
73
GREEN RED
LAMP LAMP - Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
3 3
2
Electrical data 1
1 1 1
3
- Electrical connection:
2
IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
2
A/F 27
2 - Lamps: 3
24 Vdc
Max tightening - Resistive load: 4 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
10
torque: 25 N∙m 5
” EN 10226 - R1/8”
Yellow
43
ø 43 øøø43
3
- Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar
1
Fluctuating: 6 bar
2
Green Short time: 10 bar
- Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C
bar
EN 10226
EN 10226 - R1/8” - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
EN 10226 -- R1/8”
R1/8”
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
A/F 11 BV A 25 P01 - Accuracy: Class 2.5 according to EN 13190
15
EN 10226 - A/F
R1/8”
A/F 11
15
11
15
Green
2
1 1 2
25
bar 3
A/F
16
A/F 11 4
EN 10226 - R1/8” 5
Green 2
23
1 1 2
23
23
3
bar
23
A/F 27
Max tightening Signals
14
55
torque: 25 N∙m
2
EN 10226 - R1/8” 1 Absence of pressure Presence of pressure Clogged filter element
(no3 indicator) (green button rises gradually) (red button risen)
14
EN 10226 - R1/8”
R1/8”
2
1
1
3 2
3
DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE 4
Type BE BL BV
A Standard type • • A Axial connection pressure gauge
M With wired electrical connection • R Radial connection pressure gauge
T With thermal switch • P Visual indicator with automatic reset
Q Visual indicator with manual reset
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar 4
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
3 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils,
3 Synthetic fluids
53
53
2
50
1 1 HFA, HFB,1 HFC according to ISO 2943
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
2 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
A/F 30
Max tightening Electrical data
torque: 65 N∙m - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
75
60
2
1
1
3 2
Technical data
3 3 - Max working pressure: 420 bar 3
1 Electrical symbol
1 - Proof pressure: 630 bar 1
2 2
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar 2
2 - Working temperature:
2 From -25 °C to +110 °C 2
Thermal lockout
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils,5 Synthetic fluids
75
2
flexible cable: 290 to “A”
1
1
3 - Degree protection:1 IP66 according to EN 60529 1
Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Superseal series 1.5
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
- Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
A/F 28 - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
Max tightening
75
torque: 65 N∙m
60
2
1
1
2 C
3
2 DEM*20 2
Hydraulic symbol
3
Materials 2
A
4
Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
5 B
1 1 - Base: 1 Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
1 2
2 bar ±10% DEM20xx20P01 1
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
3
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
C
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
2 2 - Working temperature:
2 From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids A
2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943B
75
1 1 1 1
60
Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Time junior
A/F 28 - Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m
- Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
2
1
1
3 2
75
60
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature:
C From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 2 2
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
1 Thermal lockout
A HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
75
3 - Degree protection:
B
IP66 according to EN 60529
1 1
Electrical data
- Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-2-P
A/F 28
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
2
75
1
1
3 2
DEM*35 C
Hydraulic symbol
3
4
Materials
Electrical Differential Indicator 5
- Body: Brass
2 - Base: Black Nylon
A
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
2 bar1±10% DE M 20 xx 35 P01 B
3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
C - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2 2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
flexible cable: 240 to “A”
A 1
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
B
1
Not
Electrical data
53
53
connected
50
DLA*51
C
- DLA*52 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
Electrical/Visual
A Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
5
- Base: Transparent Nylon
B
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
2 bar ±10% DL A 20 x A xx P01 1 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
3
Technical data
Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 420 bar
4
- Proof pressure: 4
630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
3 3 3HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
53
50
1 1
2
- Degree protection: 1IP66 according to EN 60529
2 2 1
1 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 2
Electrical data 3 5
A/F 30
Max tightening - Electrical connection:
4 EN 175301-803
torque: 65 N∙m - Type 5 51 52
- Lamps 24 Vdc 110 Vdc
- Resistive load: 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc
50
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS 1
2
1 2
Dimensions 3
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
2 1 IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 3 1
3 2
1 A/F 30 1 Electrical data 3
2 Max tightening 2 2 - Electrical connection:
4
IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
torque: 65 N∙m 1 - Lamps 5 24 Vdc
5 3 - Resistive load: 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
59 58
58
Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code 1
- Contacts: 1 Silver
2 bar ±10% DL E 20 x A 50 P01 3 - Seal: 2 HNBR - FPM
4 3
Technical data 4
- Max working pressure:
5 420 bar
3 59 - Proof pressure: 58 630 bar
1
2 - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
1 1 - Working
2 temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 3
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
5 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
Electrical symbol - Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
58
58
3
3 Electrical data
1 - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803 1
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
2 2 2
- Available the connector with lamps
1
A/F 32
3
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m
59 58
3
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
21bar ±10% DL E 20 x F 50 P01 1 1- Seal: 1 HNBR - FPM
3 2
2 2
Technical data 3
4
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
58 - Proof pressure:5 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
Electrical symbol
58
3 Electrical data
Thermal lockout - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
1
- Thermal lockout setting: +30 °C
A/F 32 2
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
3
Dimensions
47
39
Electronic Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
2
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
Settings Ordering code 1 - Contacts: Silver Industry 4.0
1 READY
2 bar ±10% DT A 20 x x 70 P01
3 2 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
3
4 Technical data
5 - Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP67 according to EN 60529
47
39
Electrical symbol
34
Electrical data
1 +24 Vdc - Electrical connection: IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
- Power supply: 24 Vdc
A/F 30 2 4 ÷ 20 mA
- Analogue output: From 4 to 20 mA
Max tightening 75% - N.O.
torque: 50 N∙m
3 Digital output - Thermal lockout: 30 °C (all output signals stalled up to 30 °C)
100% - N.O.
4 Digital output
5 0 Vdc
34
1 2
3
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
A/F 28
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m
2
1
3
2 Technical data
1
1 - Reset: Manual reset
3 2
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
3
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
4
Red - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
clogging indicator 5
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
34
A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m
2
1
3
T2 Materials
Indicator plug - Body: Phosphatized steel
- Seal: HNBR / FPM
Seal Ordering code
HNBR T2 H
FPM T2 V
A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 50 N∙m
MPS series
Maximum working pressure up to 1.2 MPa (12 bar) - Flow rate up to 365 l/min
MPS
Flow rate to 365 l/min 0 22 44 66 88 110
GENERAL INFORMATION
Pressure drop
MPS 050/070
MPS 100 - 150 - 200 - 250 - 300 - 350 120 Bypass valve
3 MPS 050/070 MPS
MPS100 - 150
100 - 200
- 150 - 250
- 200 - 300
- 250 - 350
- 300 - 350 pressure drop
In-Line/Return - Setting 1.75 bar In-Line/Return - Setting 1.75 bar
3 120803
2
2 80402
∆p bar
∆p bar
1
1 40 01
0 0 22 44 66 88 110
0 30 60 90 120 150
0 00
0 24 48 72 96 120 00 3030 6060 9090 120
120 150
150
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
MPS
MPS050/070
050/070 MPS 100 - 150 - 200 - 250 - 300 - 350
In-Line/Suction - Setting 0.3 bar In-Line/Suction - Setting 0.3 bar
1.2 3
120 120
1.2 MPS 050/070
120
80 2
0.8 80
0.8
∆p bar
∆p bar
80
0.4
40 1 0.4
40
40
00 0 00
00 2224 4448 6672 8896 120
110 0 30 60 90 120 150
Flow rate l/min 0 Flow rate l/min
0 22 44 66 88 110
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
Filter series
MPS 050 •
MPS 051 •
MPS 070 •
MPS 071 •
MPS 100 •
MPS 101 •
MPS 150 •
MPS 151 •
MPS 200 •
MPS 250 •
MPS 300 •
MPS 301 •
MPS 350 •
MPS 351 •
Style U/P Style U/P Style U Style U/P Style U/P
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
D.I.
D.I.
IN IN
IN IN IN
Style R/S Style R/S Style R/S Style R/S Style R/S
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
D.I.
D.I.
IN IN
IN IN IN
CW 150= 788 ml
Ordering code: CW150P10AP01
Heads
CG / CW CS CS
1” - 12 UNF G 3/4” G 1 1/4”
CG / CW
1 1/2” - 16 UN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example : MPS050 R G1 A10 A P01
MPS050 MPS070 With connections for clogging indicators
MPS051 MPS071 With connections for differential indicators
Connections
G1 G 3/4”
G2 3/4” NPT
G3 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
G4 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G5 G 1”
G6 1” NPT
CARTRIDGE
Cartridge series and size Configuration example: CS050 A10 A P01
CS050 CS070
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Clogging indicators on RETURN line page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 315 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 314
BVR Radial pressure gauge 315 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 314
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 316 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 314-315
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 316
Connections T R
G1 G 1/8” M6
G2-G3-G4 1/8” NPT 1/4” UNC
G5 G 1/8” M6
G6 1/8” NPT 1/4” UNC
Recommended
T - Connection for clearance space
clogging indicator T - Connection for for maintenance
on Return Line clogging indicator
on Suction Line
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
on Suction Line
T - Connection for
clogging indicator R - depth 12 mm
on Return Line Nr. 2 holes
MPS051
SF2500
- MPS071
Filter H
size [mm]
IN OUT 051 192
071 256
Connections R
G1 M6
G2-G3-G4 1/4” UNC
G5 M6
G6 1/4” UNC
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for
differential indicator
R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 2 holes
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example : MPS100 R G1 A10 A P01
MPS100 MPS150 With connections for clogging indicators
MPS101 MPS151 With connections for differential indicators
Connections
G1 G 1 1/4”
G2 1 1/4” NPT
G3 SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
CARTRIDGE
Cartridge series and size Configuration example: CS100 A10 A P01
CS100 CS150
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Clogging indicators on RETURN line page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 315 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 314
BVR Radial pressure gauge 315 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 314
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 316 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 314-315
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 316
Connections T R
G1 G 1/8” M8
G2-G3 1/8” NPT 5/16” UNC
Recommended
T - Connection for clearance space
clogging indicator for maintenance
on Return Line T - Connection for
clogging indicator
on Suction Line
T - Connection for
clogging indicator
on Suction Line
T - Connection for
clogging indicator R - depth 12 mm
on Return Line Nr. 2 holes
MPS101
SF2500
- MPS151
Filter H
size [mm]
IN OUT 101 246
151 295
Connections R
G1 M8
G2-G3 5/16” UNC
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for
differential indicator
R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 2 holes
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example : MPS200 R G1 A10 A P01
MPS200 MPS250
Bypass valve
R Return: 1.75 bar
S Suction: 30 kPa
U Without bypass
Connections
G1 G 1 1/2”
G2 1 1/2” NPT
G3 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
CARTRIDGE
Cartridge series and size Configuration example: CS100 A10 A P01
CS100 CS150
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Clogging indicators on RETURN line page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 315 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 314
BVR Radial pressure gauge 315 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 314
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 316 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 314-315
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 316
Connections T R
G1 G 1/8” M10
G2-G3 1/8” NPT 7/16” UNC
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN OUT
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 20 mm
Nr. 2 holes
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example : MPS300 R F1 A10 A P01
MPS300 MPS350 With connections for clogging indicators
MPS301 MPS351 With connections for differential indicators
Connections
G1 G 1 1/2”
G2 1 1/2” NPT
G3 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
F1 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
CARTRIDGE
Cartridge series and size Configuration example: CS100 A10 A P01
CS100 CS150
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seals Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Clogging indicators on RETURN line page page
BVA Axial pressure gauge 315 BEA Electrical pressure indicator 314
BVR Radial pressure gauge 315 BEM Electrical pressure indicator 314
BVP Visual pressure indicator with automatic reset 316 BLA Electrical / visual pressure indicator 314-315
BVQ Visual pressure indicator with manual reset 316
Connections T R
G1 G 1/8” M10
G2-G3 1/8” NPT 7/16” UNC
F1 G 1/8” M10
F2 1/8” NPT 7/16” UNC
R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 3 holes
IN OUT
Connections R
G1 M10
G2-G3 7/16” UNC
F1 M10
F2 7/16” UNC
R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 3 holes
IN OUT
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
MSH series
Maximum working pressure up to 3.5 MPa (35 bar) - Flow rate up to 195 l/min
Cartridge
CH
Thread connections
Type Connection
CH 050 - 070 M32 x 2
CH 100 - 150 M45 x 2
GENERAL
0
0
INFORMATION
24 48 72 96
MSH
120
Pressure drop
Bypass valve
pressure drop
MSH 050/070 - Setting 2.5 bar MSH 100/150 - Setting 2.5 bar
6 6
4 4
∆p bar
∆p bar
2 2
0 0
0 24 48 72 96 120 0 30 60 90 120 150
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
0
0 30 60 90 120 150
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B
MSH 050 • •
MSH 070 • •
MSH 100 • •
MSH 150 • •
OUT OUT
D.I. D.I.
IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example : MSH050 B A G1 A10 P01
MSH050 MSH070 MSH100 MSH150
Bypass valve
S Without bypass
B 2.5 bar
Seal
A NBR
CARTRIDGE
Cartridge series and size Configuration example: CH050 A10 A P01
CH050 CH070 CH100 CH150
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm Seal Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm A NBR P01 MP Filtri standard
P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 317 DTA Electronic differential indicator 320
DEM Electrical differential indicator 317-318 DVA Visual differential indicator 320
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 318-319 DVM Visual differential indicator 320
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 319
IN OUT Connections R
G1-G2 M8
G3-G4-G5-G6 5/16” UNC
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 3 holes
MSH100
SF2500
- MSH150
Connection for
differential indicator Filter H
T2 plug not included
size [mm]
100 311
150 354
Connections R
IN OUT
G1-G2 M10
G3-G4-G5-G6 3/8” UNC
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 18 mm
Nr. 3 holes
Clogging indicators
Introduction Barometric indicators
Vacuum indicators
Filter elements are efficient only if their Dirt Holding Capacity is fully exploited.OUT
This is achieved by using filter
housings equipped with clogging indicators.
OUT Differential
OUT indicators
These devices trip when the clogging of the filter element causes an increase in pressure drop across 1
the
2 filter
1
2
3 3
element.
The indicator is set to alarm before the element becomes fully clogged.
MP Filtri can supply indicators of the following designs:
- Vacuum switches and gauges
IN IN IN
- Pressure switches and gauges
OUT OUT OUT
- Differential pressure indicators
2 2
These type of devices can be provided with a visual, electrical or both signals. 1
3
1
3
Vacuum indicators are used on the Suction line to check the efficiency 2 2
1 1
of the filter element. 3 3
IN IN IN IN IN IN
IN IN IN
VLB21AA51P01
Suction MPS 050 - 070 - 100 - 150 VVB16P01 VLB21AA52P01
VEB21AA50P01 IN IN IN
line MPS 200 - 250 - 300 - 350 VVS16P01 VLB21AA53P01
VLB21AA71P01
OUT OUT OUT
BVA14P01 BLA15HA51P01
Return MPS 050 - 070 - 100 - 150 BVR14P01 BEA15HA50P01 BLA15HA52P01
line MPS 200 - 250 - 300 - 350 BVP20HP01 BEM15HA41P01 BLA15HA53P01 1
2
1
2 1
2
3
BVQ20HP01 BLA15HA71P01 3 3
DLA12xA51P01
MPS 051 - 071 - 101 - 151 DLA12xA52P01
DVA12xP01 DEA12xA50P01
In-line MPS 301 - 351 DLA12xA71P01
IN IN IN
DVM12xP01 DEM12xAxxP01
MSH 050 - 070 - 100 - 150 DLE12xA50P01
DLE12xF50P01
311 Spin-on filters
VACUUM INDICATORS
12
12
12
Dimensions
R R
Technical data
- Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
- Max working pressure: 4 10 bar 4
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
Electrical symbol
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
77
2
77
73
1
1 3 - Degree of protection: 1 IP65 according to EN 60529 1
2 2 2
Electrical data
77
77
73
5
A/F 27 - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
Max tightening - Resistive load: 5 A / 14 Vdc
12
12
12
R 1 R 1 2 4 A / 250 Vac R
3 - Available Atex product: II 1GD Ex ia IIC Tx Ex ia IIIC Tx°C X
12
12
12
2 - CE certification1
1
3 2
R R R
VL*51 - VL*52 - VL*53 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
Electrical/Visual Vacuum Indicator - Body: Brass
5
- Base: Transparent Nylon
R Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Brass - Nylon
EN 10226 - R1/8” VL B 21 A A xx P01 1 - Seal: NBR
3
4 4
Technical data
- Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
3 Electrical3 symbol - Max working pressure: 10 bar 3
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
1 4 1 1
- Working temperature:4 From -25 °C to +80 °C
2 2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral
2 oils, Synthetic fluids
77
GREEN RED
HFA,5 HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
73
LAMP LAMP
3 3
2
- Degree of protection: 3 IP65 according to EN 60529
1
1 1 1 1
GREEN3 Electrical data 2
77
2 2 2
A/F 27
- Electrical connection:
3 EN 175301-803
Max tightening - Type 4 5 51 52 53
12
12
12
R VL*71 R
Hydraulic symbol Materials
Electrical/Visual Vacuum Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
Connections Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
EN 10226 - R1/8” VL B 21 A A 71 P01 1 - Seal: NBR
3
4 4
Technical data
- Vacuum setting: -0.21 bar ±10%
3 3Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 10 bar
- Proof pressure: 15 bar
1 1
4 4 - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
2 2 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
73
GREEN RED
5 LAMP LAMP
3 3 2
- Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
1
1
1 1
GREEN RED GREEN
LAMP
3
RED
LAMP
Electrical data 2
LAMP LAMP
2 A/F 27 2 - Electrical connection:
3 IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
Max tightening 5 - Lamps 4 24 Vdc
12
Technical data
A/FR14 - Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar
Yellow
18ø43
-12 -0.16
-18 -0.24
24
2
-76 1 -1.01 2
1
VVS 3
Hydraulic symbol Materials
Radial Vacuum Gauge - Case: Painted Steel
R Ordering code - Window: Transparent plastic
EN 10226 - R1/8” V V S 16 P01 - Dial: Painted Steel
- Pointer: Painted Aluminium
Dial scale - Pressure connection: Brass
Red 2 - Pressure element: Bourdon tube Cu-alloy soft soldered
1
Technical data
ø53
Fluctuating: 6 bar
Short time: 10 bar
A/F 11 Green - Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C
ø53 18
-12 1 -0.16 1
-18 3 -0.24 2
1828
2
R -76 1 -1.01 2
3
1
4
3
R 5
28
28
Type VE - VL Type VV
B Connection EN 10226 - R1/8” B Axial connection EN 10226 - R1/8”
S Radial connection EN 10226 - R1/8”
Vacuum setting VE VL VV
16 0.16 bar •
21 0.21 bar 2 • •
1
1
Seals 3 VE VL VV 2
A NBR • • 3
4
Thermostat VE VL VV 5
A Without • •
Electrical connections VE VL VV
50 Connection EN 175301-803 •
51 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 24 Vdc • Option
52 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 110 Vdc • P01 MP Filtri standard
53 Connection EN 175301-803, transparent base with lamps 230 Vdc • Pxx Customized
71 Connection IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12), black base with lamps 24 Vdc •
313 Spin-on filters
BAROMETRIC INDICATORS
10
10
10
Dimensions
EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
73
77
1000
1 3 1 1
2 Electrical data 2 2
- Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 14 Vdc
A/F 27 4 A / 30 Vdc
Max tightening 5 A / 125 Vac
10
10
10
55
- Available Atex product: II 1GD Ex ia IIC Tx Ex ia IIIC Tx°C X
77
14
BEM*41 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
- Body: Brass EN 10226 - R1/8”
10
Electrical symbol
3 3 - Working temperature:3 From -25 °C to +80 °C
GREY 1
- Compatibility with fluids:
1
Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
BLACK 2 2
2
1
- Degree of protection: 2 IP67 according to EN 60529
BROWN 3
Electrical data
55
YELLOW / GREEN
- Electrical connection: Four-core cable
77
73
77
77
4 A / 250 Vac
Max tightening 2
1 - 2CE certification
torque: 25 N∙m 1
3 ENOn10226 - R1/8”
request this indicator can be provided with main connectors
10
10
10
10
73
2
1 1 1 Electrical data 1 1
3 - Electrical connection:
2 EN 175301-803
2 2 2
- Type 3 51 52 53
- Lamps 4 24 Vdc 110 Vdc 230 Vac
A/F 27 - Resistive load: 5 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc 1 A / 230 Vac
Max tightening
10
10
torque: 25 N∙m
73
1
2 BAROMETRIC INDICATORS
1 2
3
Dimensions
10
10
8” EN 10226 - R1/8” EN 10226 - R1/8”
BL*71 Hydraulic symbol Materials
Electrical/Visual Pressure Indicator - Body: Brass
- Base: Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1.5 bar ±10% BL A 15 H A 71 P01 1 - Seal: HNBR
2 bar ±10% BL A 20 H A 71 P01 3
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 40 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 60 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +80 °C
4 4 - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
73
GREEN RED
LAMP LAMP - Degree of protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
3 3
2
Electrical data 1
1 1 1
3
- Electrical connection:
2
IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
2
A/F 27
2 - Lamps: 3
24 Vdc
Max tightening - Resistive load: 4 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
10
torque: 25 N∙m 5
Yellow
43
ø 43 øøø43
3
- Max working pressure: Static: 7 bar
1
Fluctuating: 6 bar
2
Green Short time: 10 bar
- Working temperature: From -40 °C to +60 °C
bar
EN 10226
EN 10226 - R1/8” - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
EN 10226 -- R1/8”
R1/8”
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
A/F 11 BV A 25 P01 - Accuracy: Class 2.5 according to EN 13190
15
EN 10226 - A/F
R1/8”
A/F 11
15
11
15
Green
2
1 1 2
25
bar 3
A/F
16
A/F 11 4
EN 10226 - R1/8” 5
Green 2
23
1 1 2
23
23
3
bar
23
A/F 27
Max tightening Signals
14
55
torque: 25 N∙m
2
EN 10226 - R1/8” 1 Absence of pressure Presence of pressure Clogged filter element
(no3 indicator) (green button rises gradually) (red button risen)
14
EN 10226 - R1/8”
8”
2
1
1
3 2
3
4
DESIGNATION & ORDERING CODE 5
Type BE BL BV
A Standard type • • A Axial connection pressure gauge
M With wired electrical connection • R Radial connection pressure gauge
P Visual indicator with automatic reset
Q Visual indicator with manual reset
53
2
50
1 1 HFA, HFB,1 HFC according to ISO 2943
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
2 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
A/F 30
Max tightening Electrical data
torque: 65 N∙m - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
75
60
2
1
1
3 2
2
flexible cable: 290 to “A”
1
1
3 - Degree protection:1 IP66 according to EN 60529 1
Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Superseal series 1.5
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
- Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
A/F 28 - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
Max tightening
75
torque: 65 N∙m
60
2
1
1
2 C
3
2 DEM*20 2
Hydraulic symbol
3
Materials 2
A
4
Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
5 B
1 1 - Base: 1 Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
1.2 bar ±10% DE M 12 x x 20 1P01 1 2
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
3
2 bar ±10% DE M 20 x x 20 P01
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
C
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
2 2 - Working temperature:
2 From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids A
2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943B
75
1 1 1 1
60
Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Time junior
A/F 28 - Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m
- Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
2
1
1
3 2
3 C 317 Spin-on filters
4
2 2
5
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions
75
60
3 - Degree protection:
B
IP66 according to EN 60529
1 1
Electrical data
- Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-2-P
A/F 28
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
2
75
1
1
3 2
DEM*35 C
Hydraulic symbol
3
4
Materials
Electrical Differential Indicator 5
- Body: Brass
2 - Base: Black Nylon
A
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
1.2 bar1±10% DE M 12 x x 35 P01 B
3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
2 bar ±10% DE M 20 x x 35 P01
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
C - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2 2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
flexible cable: 240 to “A”
A 1
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
B
1
Electrical data
53
53
50
DLA*51
C
- DLA*52 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
Electrical/Visual
A Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
5
- Base: Transparent Nylon
B
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
1.2 bar ±10% DL A 12 x A xx P01 1 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
2 bar ±10% DL A 20 x A xx P01 3
Technical data
Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 420 bar
4
- Proof pressure: 4
630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
3 3 3HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
53
50
1 1
2
- Degree protection: 1IP66 according to EN 60529
2 2 1
1 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 2
Electrical data 3 5
A/F 30
Max tightening - Electrical connection:
4 EN 175301-803
torque: 65 N∙m - Type 5 51 52
- Lamps 24 Vdc 110 Vdc
- Resistive load: 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc
50
1
2 DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
1 2
3
Dimensions
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
2 1 IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 3 1
3 2
1 A/F 30 1 Electrical data 3
2 Max tightening 2 2 - Electrical connection:
4
IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
torque: 65 N∙m 1 - Lamps 5 24 Vdc
5 3 - Resistive load: 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
59 58
58
Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code 1
- Contacts: 1 Silver
1.2 bar ±10% DL E 12 x A 50 P01 3 - Seal: 2 HNBR - FPM
24 bar ±10% DL E 20 x A 50 P01 3
Technical data 4
- Max working pressure:
5 420 bar
3 59 - Proof pressure: 58 630 bar
1
2 - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
1 1 - Working
2 temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 3
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
5 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
Electrical symbol - Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
58
58
3
3 Electrical data
1 - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803 1
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
2 2 2
- Available the connector with lamps
1
A/F 32
3
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m
59 58
3
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
1.21bar ±10% DL E 12 x F 50 P01 1 1- Seal: 1 HNBR - FPM
2
22bar ±10% DL E 20 x F 50 P01 3
2
Technical data 3
4
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
58 - Proof pressure:5 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
Electrical symbol
58
3 Electrical data
Thermal lockout - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
1
- Thermal lockout setting: +30 °C
A/F 32 2
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
3
Dimensions
47
39
- Body: Brass
34
Electronic Differential Indicator
2
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
Settings Ordering code 1 - Contacts: Silver Industry 4.0
1 READY
1.2 bar ±10% DT A 12 x x 70 P01
3 2 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
2 bar ±10% DT A 20 x x 70 P01 3
4 Technical data
5 - Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP67 according to EN 60529
47
39
Electrical symbol
34
Electrical data
1 +24 Vdc - Electrical connection: IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
- Power supply: 24 Vdc
A/F 30 2 4 ÷ 20 mA
- Analogue output: From 4 to 20 mA
Max tightening 75% - N.O.
torque: 50 N∙m
3 Digital output - Thermal lockout: 30 °C (all output signals stalled up to 30 °C)
100% - N.O.
4 Digital output
5 0 Vdc
34
1 2
3
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
A/F 28
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m
2
1
3
A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m
2
1
3
10
Dimensions
A/F30 T2 Materials
Indicator plug - Body: Phosphatized steel
- Seal: HNBR / FPM
Seal Ordering code
HNBR T2 H
FPM T2 V
A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 50 N∙m
LMP series is available in 5 different sizes: 100, 200, 400, 900 and
950 and a wide range of versions.
FILTER SIZING
For the proper corrective factor Y see chapter at page 24
LMP 110 - 120 - 123 MULTIPORT page 325 Filter element according to DIN 24550 page 415
LMP 210 - 211 341 LDP - LDD 417
LMP 400 - 401 & 430 - 431 351 LMP 900 - 901 427
LMP 950 - 951 363 LMP 902 - 903 435
LMP 952 - 953 - 954 371
LMD 211 383
LMD 400 - 401 & 431 391 INDICATORS page 444
LMD 951 407 ACCESSORIES page 450
Note
LMP MULTIPORT filters
are provided for vertical
mounting
Δp
LMP 901 0.6 0.9 A>B
0.6 0.2 F1 - 3” 9
LMP 901 3/4” A>B
1”
0.2 0.9 0.9
18 9 0.6
F1 - 3” 0.6
LMP 110-120-123
1/2” 1” 3/4” 3/4” 1”
0
100
GENERAL INFORMATION
0.3 0
0.6
300
100
600
300
900
600
Flow
900
1200 rate l/min
1500
1200 1500 0.6
12
0.3 0.6
0.3
6
6
0.3
MULTIPORT
0 0.3 3
0 Flow rate l/min
0.36 0 40 80 120 160 200
0.3 0 40 80 120 160 200 0
3 0
0 40 Pressure
80 drop 160
120
0 40 80 120 160 200
0 0
0 00 0 40 80 120 160 0 200 0 40 80 120 160
0 40 80 120 160 200 00 40
20
Valves 80
40 120
60 160
80 200
100 0 Valves
40 Filter
80 housings
120 ∆p 160
pressure200
drop
LMP 110 LMP 112Bypass valve pressure drop Bypass valve pressure drop
0.9 0.9
0.9 OUT OUT
0.9 1/2” 3/4” 1” OUT 0.9
OUT 3/4” 1” 12
0.9
1/2” 3/4” 1” 3/4” 1” 0.99 12 A>C 0.9 12 18
0.6 3/4” 1” 0.6 A>C A>B 1/2” 3/4” 1”
0.6
∆p bar
∆p bar
0.6 0.6 A>B
0.9
0.6
0.3 1/2” 3/4” 1” PAG0.60.3144
18
6 DEL PDF 8 0.6
8
8
A>C
12
0.3
0.3 0.3
0.6 12 4 A>B
0.3 0.33 4 0.3 4 6
0 0
0 80 120 160 200 LMP 900/901 0- F1 - 3” 30 60 90 120 150
0 0.9 0 40 0
0.3 080 30 60 90 120 150
0.6 186 0
0 40 0 Flow
120 1/2” 160 rate
3/4”l/min
200 1” 00 0Flow
0 rate40l/min 80 120 160 0 200 0
0 40 80 120 160 0
0 40 80 120 160 200 00 40
40 080
80 120
120
40 160
160
80 200
200
120 160 0 200 40 0
80 40
120 80
160 120
200 160
0.6 LMP 900
0 0.4 120 F1 - 3”
Valves
Δp bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
0.6 0 40 80 120 160 200 100 300 0 60020 900 40 1200 60 150080 100 A>C
8 8
0.6 Flow rate l/min 6 A>C A>B
0.3
0.3 86
0.3 6 8 4
0.3 0.3 0.36 3
0.3 A>B
LMP 900/901 - F1 - 3” 4 4
0.6 0.9
0.3 9 A>B
04 3 4 0
000 3/4” 1” 0 0 0 00 00 32 64 96 128 0
0 000 30 60 90 120 150 30 060 90 120 150
40 80
60 120
90 160
120 200
150 32120 64 96
200 128 00160 40 080 40
120 8080
160 120
200 160
0 30 0.6 60
30
90 LMP
120 900 150
0 40 0 80 160 20 0 40 60 100
6
0.4 0 Flow
F1 - rate
3” l/min 00 Flow
0 rate40l/min 80 120 160 0 200 Flow
0 rate 40
l/min 80 120 160
80 120 160 200
Δp bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
A>B
0.3 6 4 A>B
0.9 0 A>B
0.3 0.3
4 64 4
A>C 0 40 0 80 120 160 200 00
A>B 0 40 80 120 160 200 200
0 0 00 40
40 0 8080 120
120 160
160 200
0.6 64 96 128 160 80 120 160
0 00 0 30 60 90 120 150 00 0 32 0 0 40
0060 4090
40 80
80
120 120
120
150 160
160 200
200 00 32
40 64
80 96
120 128
160 160
200 0 40 80 120 160 200
0.90 30 Valves
0.3
1/2” 3/4” Flow1” rate l/min 0.9 Flow rate l/min Bypass valve pressure drop Flow rate l/min
Valves 0.9 A>C
0.6 LMP 110 - Setting 6 bar OUT OUT A>B
18 pressure drop
Bypass valve 12 3/4” 1” 12 12
0 0.6
0 40 80 120 160 0.6 200 A>C
0.3 12 12
12 8 8 8
0.3
Valves 0.3
0 A>C
A>B
8 pressure drop
Bypass valve 8
0 40 6 80 120 160 200 4 4 Bypass valve pressure drop 4
0
LMP 110 - 112 - 116 - 118 - 119 - Setting 3.5
0 bar 0LMP 11840- Setting 80
3.5 bar 120 160 200
0.9
124 124 60
18 A>B
0 30 90 120 150
1/2” 3/4” 1”
180 0 0 0
0 32 64 96 128 160 0 40 80 120 160 200 0 40 80 120 160 200
Valves A>C
0.68 1280
0 Bypass valve pressure drop
∆p bar
∆p bar
3/4” - 1” A>C
00 00
12 8
0.6
3 00 40
32 80
64 120
96 160
128 200
160 0 40
40 80
80 120
120 160
160 200
200
A>B
0.3 6 4
0
0.9
200 0 40 80 120
A>C 160 200 0 0
0
0 30 60 90 Flow
120 rate150
l/min A>B 0 32 64 96 128 160 0 40 80 120 160 200
0.6
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p0.3varies proportionally with density.
0
0 40 80 120 160 200
Valves
327 Low & Medium Pressure filters
Bypass valve pressure drop
LMP 110-120-123
MULTIPORT
GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]
LMP 110 In-Line filter LMP 120 Port IN-OUT on the same side
OUT
D.I.
D.I. D.I.
OUT IN
IN
LMP 112 Double IN port LMP 122 Lateral OUT port high flow
OUT
OUT
D.I. D.I.
D.I.
IN2
IN1 IN
OUT2
D.I.
D.I. D.I.
OUT1 IN
IN
D.I.
D.I.
OUT2
OUT1 IN
IN
OUT1
D.I.
OUT2
IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP112 4 B A D 1 A10 N P01
LMP110 LMP112 LMP116
Length
1 2 3 4
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
Aux (only LMP 112 - 116)
A G 3/4” G 3/4”
B G 1” G 3/4”
C 3/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
D 1” NPT 3/4” NPT
E SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
F SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
Connection for differential indicator
1 Without
2 With standard connection
3 With connection on the opposite side
6 With two connections on both sides
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU110 4 A10 A N P01
CU110
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
Dimensions
LMP110 - LMP112
LMP116
Filter H
length [mm]
1 182
2 215
3 265
4 365
IN OUT
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
2 - Standard connection for
differential indicator 35.1
T2 plug not included
Fixing holes
Option for Metric and UNC screws
Aux Aux
IN OUT
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP118 4 B A D 1 A10 N P01
LMP118 LMP119
Length
1 2 3 4
Bypass valve
B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
Aux OUT
A G 3/4” G 3/4”
B G 1” G 3/4”
C 3/4” NPT 3/4” NPT
D 1” NPT 3/4” NPT
E SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
F SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
Connection for differential indicator
1 Without
2 With standard connection
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU110 4 A10 A N P01
CU110
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
Dimensions
LMP118 - LMP119
Filter H
length [mm]
1 182
2 215
3 265
4 365
IN OUT
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for
differential indicator 35.1
T2 plug not included
Fixing holes
Option for Metric and UNC screws
M10 x depth 12
60.6 Nr. 3 holes
Aux
OUT
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP120 4 B A D 1 A10 N P01
LMP120 LMP122
Length
1 2 3 4
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections LMP120 LMP122
A G 3/4” •
B G 1” • •
C 3/4” NPT •
D 1” NPT • •
E SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN •
F SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN • •
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU110 4 A10 A N P01
CU110
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
Dimensions
LMP120
Filter H
length [mm]
1 182
2 215
3 265
4 365
Connections R
A-B M10
C-D-E-F 3/8” UNC
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 12 mm
Connection for Nr. 3 holes
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
OUT IN
LMP122
Filter H
length [mm]
1 182
2 215
3 265
4 365
Connections R
B M10
D-F 3/8” UNC
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for R - depth 12 mm
differential indicator Nr. 3 holes
T2 plug not included
OUT
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP123 4 R A F 1 A10 N P01
LMP123
Length
1 2 3 4
Valves Bypass OUT to cooler Check valve
C front 2 bar
D 3 bar
without
G side 2 bar
H 3 bar
M front 2 bar
N 3 bar
3.5 bar
Q side 2 bar
R 3 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
B G 1”
F SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU110 4 A10 A N P01
CU110
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
Dimensions
LMP123
Filter H
length [mm]
1 182
2 215
3 265
4 365
Connections R
B M10
F 3/8” UNC
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for R - depth 12 mm
differential indicator Nr. 3 holes
T2 plug not included
Side
OUT
Front IN
OUT
LMP 110 - 112 - 116 - 118 - 119 LMP 120 LMP 122 - 123
4 3c 3d
3d 3c 4
3d 3c 4
3a
3a 3a
3b
3b 3b
2
2 2
LMP 210-211
Maximum working pressure up to 6 MPa (60 bar) - Flow rate up to 330 l/min
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C
Connections
Inlet/Outlet In-Line
Note
LMP 210 - 211 filters
are provided
for vertical mounting
0.3
LMP 210-211
0
GENERAL INFORMATION
0 80 160 240 320 400
0
0 80 160 240 320 400
Pressure drop
LMP 211 Δp
0.9
Filter housings ∆p pressure drop
LMP 210 Δp Housing 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” LMP 211 Δp Housing
0.9 0.9
0.6
1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2”
1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2”
0.6
0.3 0.6
∆p bar
∆p bar
0.3 0.3
0
0 80 160 240 320 400
0 0
0 80 160 240 320 400 0 80 160 240 320 400
Valves
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve pressure drop
Valves
Bypass valve pressure drop
LMP
LMP 211 Δp
210/211 Bypass valve pressure drop
90.9
30.3 6
00 3
00 80
100 160
200 240
300 320
400 400
500
Flow rate l/min
0
500
The
Valves curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in0 compliance
100
ISO 3968.300
with 200 400
∆p varies
Bypass proportionally
valve pressure drop with density.
LMP 210/211
9
Flow rates [l/min]
6 Filter element design - N Series
Filter series Length
A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25 M60 M90 M250 P10 P25
3 1 106 130 190 200 221 286 287 287 288 261 265
LMP 210 2 153 175 220 237 249 288 289 290 290 265 269
3 204 214 248 260 265 289 290 291 291 277 281
0
0 100 1 200
300 400 500
118 149 227 240 269 358 359 360 361 324 330
LMP 211 2 178 207 268 292 307 361 362 363 364 329 335
3 247 260 306 323 329 362 363 364 365 345 351
Maximum flow rate for a complete low and medium pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.7 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Execution S Execution B
LMP 210-211 • •
OUT OUT
D.I. D.I.
IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP210 3 B A F1 A10 N P01
LMP210
Length
1 2 3
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
F1 1” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 1 1/4” SAE 3000 psi/M
F3 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
F4 1” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F5 1 1/4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F6 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU210 3 A10 A N P01
CU210
Element length
1 2 3
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
Connections R
F1 - F2 - F3 M8
F4 - F5 - F6 5/16” UNC
A/F 30
Drain plug only length 3
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug
R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 4 holes
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP211 3 B A D 6 A10 N P01
LMP211
Length
1 2 3
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
A G 1”
B G 1 1/4”
C G 1 1/2”
D 1” NPT
E 1 1/4” NPT
F 1 1/2” NPT
G SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
H SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
I SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
Connection for differential indicator
6 With plugged connection
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU210 3 A10 A N P01
CU210
Element length
1 2 3
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • • Element ∆p Execution
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
Connections R
A-B-C M8
D-E-F-G-H-I 5/16” UNC
A/F 30
Drain plug only length 3
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug
R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 4 holes
4 4
3c 3c
3d 3d
3a 3a
3b 3b
2 2
LMP400 is a range of low pressure filter with large filtration surface Pressure LMP 400 length 2 -3 - 4
mainly suitable for lubrication, off-line filtration of the reservoirs and - Working pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
filtration equipment. - Test pressure: 9 MPa (90 bar)
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the - Burst pressure: 21 MPa (210 bar)
hydraulic fittings. - Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
with pressure from 0 to 6 MPa (60 bar)
Available features:
- Female threaded connections up to 2” and flanged connections up to 2 1/2”, Pressure LMP 400 length 5 - 6
for a maximum flow rate of 740 l/min - Working pressure: 5 MPa (50 bar)
- In line or 90° connections, to meet any type of application - Test pressure: 7.5 MPa (75 bar)
- Base-mounting design also available, for ease of the replacement of - Burst pressure: 15 MPa (150 bar)
the filter element - Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system with pressure from 0 to 5 MPa (50 bar)
- Water removal elements, to remove the free water from the hydraulic fluid
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media Bypass valve
- Vent ports, to avoid air trapped into the filter going into the system - Opening pressure 350 kPa (3.5 bar) ±10%
- Drain ports, to remove the fluid from the housing prior the maintenance work - Other opening pressures on request.
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators
∆p element type
Common applications: - Microfibre filter elements - series N - W: 20 bar
- Off-line filtration of reservoirs - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- Filtration systems
Seals
- Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C
Connections
LMP 400 - 430: In-line Inlet/Outlet
LMP 401 - 431: 90° Inlet/Outlet
Note
LMP 400 filters
are provided
for vertical mounting
∆p bar
F2
0.3 3
0 0
0 180 360 540 720 900 0 140 280 420 560 700
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
The
Valves curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies
Bypass proportionally
valve pressure drop with density.
LMP 400 - 401 - 430 - 431
9
OUT OUT
“Internal tube
D.I. D.I. for reduced flow rate”
is recommended
for flow rate values
IN IN below 100/150 I/min.
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP401 3 B A G1 A10 N P01
LMP400 LMP401
Length
2 3 4 5 6
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
G1 G 1 1/2” F1 2” SAE 3000 psi/M
G2 G 2” F2 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
G3 1 1/2” NPT F3 2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
G4 2” NPT F4 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
G5 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
G6 SAE 32 - 2 1/2” - 12 UN
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Filter length
Element ∆p Execution 2 3 4 5 6
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard • • • • •
P02 Maintenance from the bottom of the housing • •
Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU400 3 A10 A N P01
CU400
Element length
2 3 4 5 6
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
Connections R
G1-G2 M12
G3-G4-G5-G6 1/2” UNC
F1-F2 M12
F3-F4 1/2” UNC
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator
Breather plug
T2 plug
Bypass valve
LMP400
Length 5 - 6
H2 [mm]
Filter H Execution
OUT IN length [mm] P01 P02
5 828 120 660
6 1158 120 690
Connections R
G1-G2 M12
G3-G4-G5-G6 1/2” UNC
F1-F2 M12
F3-F4 1/2” UNC
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator
Breather plug
T2 plug
Bypass valve
Connections R
G1-G2 M12
G3-G4-G5-G6 1/2” UNC
F1-F2 M12
F3-F4 1/2” UNC
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator
Breather plug
T2 plug
Bypass valve
LMP401
R - depth 20 mm
Nr. 4 holes Length 5 - 6
OUT H2 [mm]
Filter H Execution
length [mm] P01 P02
IN 5 828 120 660
6 1158 120 690
Connections R
G1-G2 M12
G3-G4-G5-G6 1/2” UNC
F1-F2 M12
F3-F4 1/2” UNC
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator
Breather plug
T2 plug
Bypass valve
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP431 5 B A G1 A10 N P01
LMP430 LMP431
Length
5 6
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
G1 G 1 1/2” F1 2” SAE 3000 psi/M
G2 G 2” F2 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
G3 1 1/2” NPT F3 2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
G4 2” NPT F4 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
G5 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
G6 SAE 32 - 2 1/2” - 12 UN
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm P02 With internal tube for reduced flow rate
Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU400 5 A10 A N P01
CU400
Element length
5 6
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
OUT IN
Connections R
G1-G2 M12
Drain plug
T2 plug H2 - Recommended G3-G4-G5-G6 1/2” UNC
clearance space F1-F2 M12
for maintenance
Breather plug F3-F4 1/2” UNC
IN
R - depth 20 mm
OUT Nr. 4 holes
4 3c 3d
3e 3d
3f 3c
3a
4 3c 3d 2
3f
3e 3d
3b
3f 3c
3g
3a
3a
3b 2
2 3a
3b
3a
6 4
5
3c
3d
3b
3g
3g 4 3c 3d
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pcs. Q.ty: 2 pcs. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Housing spigot Tube
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM no bypass with bypass assembly
LMP 400-401 length 2-3-4 See 02050391 02050392
LMP 400-401 length 5-6 order 02050393 02050394 T2H T2V 01044108
LMP 430-431 length 5-6 table 02050393 02050394 01044108 02001414 Length 5: 02025041 Length 6: 02025042
LMP950 is a range of low pressure filter with large filtration surface Pressure
mainly suitable for lubrication, off-line filtration of the reservoirs and
- Test pressure: 4,5 MPa (45 bar)
filtration equipment.
- Burst pressure: 12 MPa (120 bar)
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the
- Pulse pressure fatigue test: 1 000 000 cycles
hydraulic fittings.
with pressure from 0 to 3 MPa (30 bar)
Available features:
- Flanged connections up to 4”, for a maximum flow rate of 2400 l/min Bypass valve
- In line or 90° connections, to meet any type of application - Opening pressure 350 kPa (3.5 bar) ±10%
- Base-mounting design, for ease of the replacement of the filter element - Other opening pressures on request.
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system
- Water removal elements, to remove the free water from the hydraulic fluid
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media ∆p element type
- Vent ports, to avoid air trapped into the filter going into the system - Microfibre filter elements - series N: 20 bar
- Drain ports, to remove the fluid from the housing prior the maintenance work - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators
Seals
Common applications: - Standard NBR series A
- Off-line filtration of reservoirs - Optional FPM series V
- Filtration systems
- Lubrication systems
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C
Connections
LMP 950: In-line Inlet/Outlet
LMP 951: 90° Inlet/Outlet
Note
LMP 950 - 951 filters
are provided
for vertical mounting
950 -GENERAL
951 952 LMP
- 954 950-951
100 350 700 1050 1400 1750 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
0.2 0.12
INFORMATION 0
Pressure drop of filter co
Valves
oil viscosity 30 mm 2 /
∆p bar
LMP 951 LMP 951
0 F1 - 3” F3 - 4” 0.24
100 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0.12
0.2 0.2 0 0
0 0 6
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 4
0.12
0 0 0
100 350 700 1050 1400 1750 100 500 0 1000 600 1500 1200
2000 18002500 2400 3000
Valves 0
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min Pressure drop of filter co
Bypass valve pressure drop 0 600 12
oil viscosity 30 mm 2 /
6
0.2 0.12 0.2
2 0.24
0.12 0.2
4
0 0 0
0 100 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 6
0.12 0
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 0
2 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 6
Flow rate l/min
0
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm0 3 in compliance with ISO 3968. 0 600 12
Valves
∆p varies proportionally with density. 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000
Bypass valve pressure drop
LMP 954
LMP 954 0.6 LMP 953
0.36
6
LMP 950 - 951 Flow rates [l/min] 0.6
OUT OUT 0
0 6
“Internal tube
for reduced flow rate”
D.I. D.I.
is recommended
for flow rate values
below 100/150 I/min.
IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP951 2 B A F2 A10 N P01
LMP950 LMP951
Length
2 3
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU950 2 A10 A N P01
CU950
Element length
2 3
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
Connections R
F1 - F3 M16
Drain plug F2 - F4 5/8” UNC
T2 plug H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Breather plug
OUT IN
Connections R
Drain plug H2 - Recommended
F1 - F3 M16
T2 plug
clearance space F2 - F4 5/8” UNC
for maintenance
Breather plug
IN
R - depth 25 mm
OUT Nr. 4 holes
3f
3b
3a
3a
6
4
3b
3c
3d
3g
4 3c 3d
Q.ty: 2 pcs. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pcs. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Housing spigot Tube assembly
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM no bypass with bypass length 2 length 3
See
LMP 950-951 length 2-3 order 02050367 02050368 T2H T2V 01044106 02001379 02025032 02025033
table
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C
Connections
LMP 952-953-954:
In-line Inlet/Outlet
Note
LMP 952 - 953 - 954 filters
are provided for vertical mounting
LMP
LMP 951
Valves0.12
F1 - 3”
952 - 954
Bypass valve pressure drop 0.12 0
0.2
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 0
GENERAL
Valves
0 6 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0
Bypass valve pressure drop
100 350 700 1050 1400 1750 0
Valves 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
Pressure drop of filter complete with cartridge,
oil viscosity
Bypass valve30pressure /s (cSt)
mm 2drop Pressure drop of filter complete with cartridge,
4
6
LMP 952 - 954 Pressure drop
oil viscosity 30 mm 2 /s (cSt)
∆p bar
0.2 0.12 2
0 0.12 0.2
0 0.2
Pressure0.12drop of filter complete with cartridge, 0.12 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000
0 0 oil viscosity 30 mm 2 /s (cSt) 0
0
100 0 0500 600 1000 1200 1500 18002000 2400 2500 3000 0
0
400
600
800
1200
1200
1800
1600
2400
2000
3000
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 0
Valves 0
Pressure drop
0 of filter complete
600 with cartridge, 1800
1200 2400 3000 0 600 1200
0LMP 952600 1200 1800 3000
A03 A06 2400 A10 A16
0.6 pressure drop
Bypass valve oil viscosity 30 mm /s (cSt) 2
Flow rate l/min A25
Flow rate l/min
Pressure drop of filter complete with cartridge,
LMP 952 - 954 oil viscosity 30 mm 2 /s (cSt)
Valves 6
LMP0.4953 LMP 952 A03 A06 A10 A16
0.36 drop
Bypass valve pressure M25 0.6
LMP 954
0.36 LMP 953 LMP 953
0.6954LMP 952 A03 A06 A03A25
A06
A10 A10
A16
0.36 0.6
LMP LMP 953
4
0.2 0.36 A16 0.6
LMP 950 - 951 0.4 A25
6 0.24 M25 A25
0.24 0.4
0.4
0.24
02
∆p bar
0.24 M25
M25 0.4
0.12 0.2
0 4 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
0.12 0.2
0.2
0.12
0 0.12
0 0.2
2 0 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000
0 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
00
0 0 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 00 600
600 1200
1200 1800
1800 2400
2400 3000
3000 0
0 600 1200 1800
Flow rate l/min 2400 3000 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
0 Pressure dropLMP
of filter 0 600 1200 1
953complete with cartridge, A03 A06 A10
0.6
0 oil viscosity 800
400 30 mm /s (cSt) 2 1200 1600 2000
A16
A25 Pressure drop of filter complete
LMP0.4954LMP 952 A03 A06 A10 A16 LMP 953 A03 A06 A10
0.36 0.6 0.6 with cartridge,
M25 A16
LMP 954 A25 LMP 953 A03 A06 A10 oil viscosity 30 mm2/s (cSt)
0.36 0.6 LMP 954
0.6 A25
0.24 0.2 A03 A16 LMP 954
0.4 0.4 A06
M25 0.6
∆p bar
∆p bar
M25 A25
A10
0.24 0.4
0 0.4 A16
0 0.12 0.2 0.2 M25
A25
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0.4
0.12 M25
0.2
0 0.2
0 0
0.2
0
0 0 600 6001200 12001800 2400
1800 2400 3000 3000 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
0 0
Flow rate l/min 0 Flow rate l/min
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0
LMP 954 0 600 1200 1
0.6
A03
A06
A10
LMP 953 A03 A06 A10
0.6
0.4 A16 LMP 954
A16
A25 0.6
∆p bar
A03
LMP 954 A06
A25
M25 0.6 A10
0.4
0.2 A03
0.4 A16 A06
M25 A10
A25
0.4 A16
0.2 M25
0 A25
0.2
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
M25
Flow rate l/min 0.2
0
0 Valves 0
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
Bypass valve pressure drop 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
0 Bypass valve pressure drop
0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
LMP 952 - 954
6
4
LMP 954
∆p bar
0.6
A03
A06
2 A10
0.4 A16
A25
0 M25
0.2 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000
Flow rate l/min
0
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
Pressure0drop of filter complete with cartridge,
oil∆p varies
viscosity 0 mm
30 2600
proportionally
/s (cSt) 1200 density.
with 1800 2400 3000
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Execution S - Execution B Execution S - Execution B Execution S - Execution B
LMP 952 •
LMP 953 •
LMP 954 •
S OUT
S OUT
S OUT
IN IN IN
B OUT
B OUT
B OUT
IN IN IN
Breather plug
G 1/2” - A/F 10
1 - 4” SAE flange
2 - O-R 4437 (FPM) for flange
3 - Plug SAE 20 1 5/8” - 12 UN
CUV4 SAE 20 4 - 1147 O-R for plug (FPM)
5 - No. 4 Hex bolt screws 5/8” UNC x 2 1/2”
6 - No. 4 Spring washers UNI 1751-B 16
7 - No. 4 Nuts 5/8” UNC
2 1
“Internal tube
for reduced flow rate”
4
is recommended for
flow rate values below: 3
Oil drain plug
LMP 952 - 300 l/min Flange with oil drain plug
LMP 953 - 450 l/min for rapid discharge
LMP 954 - 600 l/min
7 6 5
The use of option P02
makes it easier to fill the
housing with the operating fluid.
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP952 3 B A FA A10 N P01
LMP952 LMP953 LMP954
Length
3
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Connections
FA 4” SAE 3000 psi
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU950 3 A10 A N P01
CU950
Element length
3
Filter series and size
LMP952 Nr. 2 filter elements
LMP953 Nr. 3 filter elements
LMP954 Nr. 4 filter elements
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
Breather plug
Drain plug
IN
T2 plug
OUT
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator
Breather plug
Drain plug
IN
T2 plug
OUT
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator
Breather plug
Drain plug
IN
T2 plug
OUT
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator
2
5b
5
5a
3
6d 6
6b
6c
6c
6b
6a
Item 7:
for complete filter code and
spare parts, see
LMP 950 - 951 series chapter
Quantity:
- filter spare parts:
LMP 952 - 2 pcs.
LMP 953 - 3 pcs.
LMP 954 - 4 pcs.
Connections
Inlet/Outlet In-Line
Note
LMD 211 filters
are provided
for vertical mounting
LMD 211
0
GENERAL INFORMATION
0 80 160 240 320 400
Flow rate l/min
Pressure drop
LMD 211 Δp Housing LMD 211 Δp
0.9 0.9
1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2”
Filter housings ∆p pressure drop
LMD 211 Δp Housing
0.9
0.6 0.6
∆p bar Δp bar
0.6
0.3 0.3
0.3
0 0
0 80 160 240 320 400 0 50 100 150 200 250
Flow rate l/min
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Valves
Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve pressure drop
6
∆p bar
0
0 100 200 300 400 500
Flow rate l/min
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B
LMD 211 • •
OUT OUT
D.I. D.I.
IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMD211 3 B A C 6 A10 N P01
LMD211
Length
1 2 3
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
C G 1 1/2”
F 1 1/2” NPT
I SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
L 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M + G 1 1/4”
M 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC + 1 1/4” NPT
N 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC + SAE 20 - 1 5/8” UN
Connection for differential indicator
6 With plugged connection
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU210 3 A10 A N P01
CU210
Element length
1 2 3
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
Connections R
C M10
F-I 3/8” UNC
L M10
M-N 3/8” UNC
R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 3 holes
IN OUT
Breather plug
Drain plug
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 4 holes
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug
LMD 211
3d
3e
3c
3a
3b
3f
Note
LMP 400 - 401 - 431 filters
are provided
for vertical mounting
0.4
0.2
∆p bar
0.2
0
100 200 300 400 500 600
0
100 200 300 400 500 600
Flow rate l/min
36
30
0 140 280 420 560 700
Flow rate l/min
0
0 are plotted
The curves 140 280mineral420
using density of 700
oil with 560 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Execution S Execution B
LMD 400 - 401 • •
LMD 431 • •
OUT OUT
D.I.
D.I. D.I. D.I.
IN IN
B
A B
D
A
C
C
B
B
D
“Internal tube
for reduced flow rate”
is recommended
for flow rate values
below 150 I/min.
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMD401 4 B V F1 A10 N P01
LMD400 LMD401
Length
4 5 6
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
V FPM • • •
Connections LMD400 LMD401
F1 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M • •
F2 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC • •
F3 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M, In-line connections •
F4 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC, In-line connections •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filter length
Element ∆p Execution 4 5 6
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard • • •
P02 Maintenance from the bottom of the housing • •
Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU400 4 A10 V N P01
CU400
Element length
4 5 6
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
V FPM • • •
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
IN OUT
Recommended
clearance space
Drain plug for maintenance
R - depth 20 mm
Nr. 4 holes
Bypass valve
T2 plug =
Connection for differential indicator
Connections R
F1 M12
F2 1/2” UNC
F3 M12
F4 1/2” UNC
IN OUT
Drain plug
R - depth 20 mm
Nr. 4 holes
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Bypass valve
T2 plug =
Connection for differential indicator
Connections R
F1 M12
F2 1/2” UNC
F3 M12
F4 1/2” UNC
Connections Connections
OUT OUT
Breather plug
Bypass plug
IN T2 plug
R - depth 20 mm
Nr. 4 holes
Drain plug
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connections R
F1 M12
F2 1/2” UNC
F3 M12
Connections Connections F4 1/2” UNC
OUT OUT
Breather plug
Bypass plug
IN T2 plug
R - depth 20 mm
Nr. 4 holes
Drain plug
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMD431 5 B V F1 A10 N P01
LMD431
Length
5 6
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
V FPM • • •
Connections
F1 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F3 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M, In-line connections
F4 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC, In-line connections
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Element ∆p Execution
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
P02 With internal tube for reduced flow rate
Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU400 5 A10 V N P01
CU400
Element length
5 6
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
V FPM • • •
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
Breather plug
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug
IN
Drain plug
OUT OUT
Connections Connections
Fixing holes
Ø 15
Nr. 4 holes
LMD 400
5a
5b
4b
5c 3
5d
4a
2 7
5a
5b
4b
4a
3 4a
2
5d
5c
7 3
6
4b
2 5b
5d
5c 5a
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pcs. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pcs.
Item: 2 3 4 (4a ÷ 4b) 5 (5a ÷ 5d) 6 7
Filter 3-way ball valve PN 16 Threaded Kit ball valve Filter
series 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M 2 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC One-way valve Seal Kit fasteners kit with hose fitting See order table
Temperature
From -25° C to +110° C
Connections
- LMD 951: In-line Inlet/Outlet
- Same side
Note
LMD 951 filters
are provided
for vertical mounting
LMD 951
0
Pressure drop
DN 80
0.8 4
∆p bar
∆p bar
0.4 2
DN 100
0 0
0 240 280 720 960 1200 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
LMD 951
6
Flow rates [l/min]
4 Filter element design - N Series
M25
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M60
2
M90
M250
LMD 951 3 853 884 995 1066 1096 1233
0
0
Maximum 800 a complete
400 rate for
flow 1200 low 2000
1600 and medium pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.7 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Execution S Execution B
LMD 951 • •
OUT OUT
IN IN
B
“Internal tube
for reduced flow rate”
is recommended
for flow rate values
below 100/150 I/min.
C A
The use of option P02
LMD 951 makes it easier to fill
Fit one differential indicator the housing with the
for individual filter assembly. operating fluid.
A
A Indicator port Plug T2 - A/F 30
B Compensation valve
C Oil drain plug G 1/2” - A/F 10
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMD951 3 B V F1 A10 N P01
LMD951
Length
3
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU950 3 A10 V N P01
CU950
Element length
3
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Seals
V FPM
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
Breather plug
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug
IN
Drain plug
OUT OUT
Connections Connections
Fixing holes
Ø 15
Nr. 4 holes
LMD951
H L L1 M
Connections [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
F1 1530 838 588 370
F2 1530 838 588 370
F3 1577 932 682 650
F4 1577 932 682 650
F5 1530 838 588 370
F6 1530 838 588 370
F7 1577 932 682 650
F8 1577 932 682 650
LMD 951
2
4a
5f
5e
4b
5b
5a
4a
3
4a
5d
5f
5c
Item 7:
for complete filter code and
spare parts, see
LMP 950 - 951 series chapter
Quantity:
- filter spare parts: 2 pcs.
- filter seal kit: 2 pcs.
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pcs. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pcs.
Item: 2 3 4 5 (5a ÷ 5f) 6 7
Filter series 3-way ball valve PN 16 One-way Seal Kit Threaded G 1/2” Ball Valve Kit Filter
LMD 951 valve fasteners kit with straight fittings
F1 - F2 - F5 - F6 / D1 - D3 3” SAE 3000 psi/M 3” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
(3” SAE / DIN PN16 DN 80) 02001135 02001438 02001418 02050388 02049056 LMP9513xVF1xxxNP01
02025043
F3 - F4 - F7 - F8 / D2 - D4 4” SAE 3000 psi/M 4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
02001419 02050389 02049057 LMP9513xVF3xxxNP01
(4” SAE / DIN PN16 DN 100) 02001162 02001439
Common applications:
Delivery lines, in low pressure industrial equipment or mobile machines ∆p element type
- Microfibre filter elements - series N: 20 bar
LDD is a range of versatile low pressure duplex filter with integrated - Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
changeover function to allow the filter element replacement without the
system shut-down.
They are directly connected to the lines of the system through the
hydraulic fittings. Seals
- Standard NBR series A
Available features:
- Female threaded connections up to 1 1/2” and flanged connections - Optional FPM series V
up to 1 1/2”, for a maximum
flow rate of 330 l/min
- Filter element designed in accordance with DIN 24550 regulation
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into the system Temperature
- Water removal elements, to remove the free water from the hydraulic fluid From -25° C to +110° C
- Balancing valve integrated in the changeover lever, to equalize the housing
pressure before the switch
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across the filter media
- Vent ports, to avoid air trapped into the filter going into the system Connections
- Drain ports, to remove the fluid from the housing prior the maintenance work Inlet/Outlet In-Line
- Optional sampling ports, to get samples of fluid or to connect additional
instrument to the system
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging indicators
Note
Common applications:
LDP - LDD filters are provided
- Systems where shut-down causes high costs
- Systems where shut-down causes safety issues for vertical mounting
Δp bar Δ
0.3
0
0
0
0 80 160
Flow rate l/min
GENERAL INFORMATION
240 320 400 LDP & LDD
0 0 80 80 160 160 240 240 320 320 400 400 Filter element according to DIN 24550
FlowFlow
rate rate
l/minl/min
LDP - Δp LDD - Δp
0.9 0.9 Pressure drop
Filter housings ∆p pressure drop
LDP -LDP
Δp - Δp Housing 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” LDD -LDD
Δp -Housing
Δp
0.9 0.6
0.9 0.9 0.6
0.9
∆p bar
0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
0 0
0 80 160 240 320 400 0 50 100 150 200 250
0 0 0 0
0 0 80 80 160 160 240 240 320 320 400 400 0 0 50 50 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250
Valves
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve pressure drop
ValvesValves
BypassBypass
valve pressure
valve LDD
pressure
drop drop
Bypass valve pressure drop
- LDP
9
LDD -LDD
LDP- LDP
9 9
6
∆p bar
6 36
3 3
0
0 100 200 300 400 500
0 0 Flow rate l/min
0 0 100 100 200 200 300 300 400 400 500 500
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
LDD 016 68 73 120 130 140 189 190 192 192 169 174
LDD 025 93 98 142 149 157 191 192 192 192 178 181
LDD 040
118 126 161 165 175 192 192 193 193 182 184
Maximum flow rate for a complete low and medium pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.7 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Execution S Execution B Execution S Execution B
LDP 016 • •
LDP 025 • •
LDP 040 • •
LDD 016 • •
LDD 025 • •
LDD 040 • •
OUT OUT OUT OUT
D.I. D.I.
D.I. D.I.
IN IN
IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series Configuration example: LDP 025 B A D 6 A10 N P01
LDP
Size
016 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN160
025 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN250
040 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN400
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
A G 1” F 1 1/2” NPT
B G 1 1/4” G SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
C G 1 1/2” H SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
D 1” NPT I SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
E 1 1/4” NPT
Connection for differential indicator
6 With plugged connection
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series Configuration example: DN 025 A10 A N P01
DN
Element size
016 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN160
025 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN250
040 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN400
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
Connections R
A-B-C M8
D-E-F-G-H-I 5/16” UNC
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug
R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 4 holes
COMPLETE FILTER
Series Configuration example: LDD 025 B A C 6 A10 N P01
LDD
Size
016 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN160
025 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN250
040 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN400
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
Filtration rating
Seals and treatments Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • •
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • •
Connections
C G 1 1/2”
F 1 1/2” NPT
I SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
L 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M + G 1 1/4”
M 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC + 1 1/4” NPT
N 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC + SAE 20 - 1 5/8” UN
Connection for differential indicator
6 With plugged connection
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm Element ∆p Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series Configuration example: DN 025 A10 A N P01
DN
Element size
016 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN160
025 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN250
040 Element according to DIN 24550 - T3 DN400
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm P10 Resin impregnated paper 10 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm P25 Resin impregnated paper 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Filtration rating
Seals Axx Mxx Pxx
A NBR • • •
V FPM • • • Element ∆p Execution
W NBR compatible with fluids HFA-HFB-HFC • • N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
Connections R
C M10
F-I 3/8” UNC
L M10
M-N 3/8” UNC
R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 3 holes
IN OUT
Breather plug
Drain plug
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 3 holes
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug
3c
3d
3a
3b
3d
3e
3c
3a
3b
3f
Connections
LMP 900: In-line Inlet/Outlet
LMP 901: 90° Inlet/Outlet
Seals
- Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C
Note
LMP 900 - 901 filters are provided
for vertical mounting
LMP 903
0
100 300 600 900
Filter
1200
element
0.121500
according to DIN 24550
LMP 900 - 901 - F3 - 4”
0.6
∆p bar
LMP 901
Bypass
F3 - 4”valve pressure drop
0 LMP 901
0.2 0.2
100 400 800 1200 1600F1 - 3” 2000 LMP 902 - 903
0.36 LMP 902 - 903
9
0 0
100 300 600 900 1200 1500 100 400 800 1200 1600 2000 LMP 902
0.24
6
Valves Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve pressure drop LMP 903
LMP 900 - 901 - F3 - 4” 0.12
3
0.6 LMP 900 - 901 Valves
Bypass valve pressure drop
9
LMP 900 Bypass valve pressure drop
F3 - 4” 0
0
0.4 100 600 1200 1800 2400 30
LMP 900 - 901 0 240 480 720 960 12
6 LMP 901 9
∆p bar
F3 - 4”
0.2
3 Valves
6
Bypass valve pressure drop
0
0 100 400 800 1200 1600 2000
3 LMP 902 - 903
0 240 480 720 960 1200 9
Flow rate l/min
0
The
Valves curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance
0 240with ISO480
3968. 720 960 61200
∆p varies proportionally with density.
Bypass valve pressure drop
3
9
LMP 900 - 901 Flow rates [l/min]
Filter element design - N Series 0
M25240 0 480 720 960 12
6
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M60
M90
M250
3 1 706 877 1264 1291 1444 1803
LMP 900 2 1100 1264 1556 1573 1668 1867
0
1 480 715 899 1337 1369 1552 2000
LMP 901
0 240
2
720 960 1200
1147 1337 1689 1710 1828 2081
Maximum flow rate for a complete low and medium pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 0.7 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP901 2 B A F2 A10 N P01
LMP900 LMP901
Length
1 2
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU900 A10 A N P01
CU900
Length
1 Nr. 1 filter element
2 Nr. 2 filter elements
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
Filter length Filter length
Additional features 1 2 1 2 page
T2 Plug • • 449 CFA Retaining clamp • 450
T2 plug R - depth 25 mm
Nr. 4 holes
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator
LMP900
Length 2
H2
Execution [mm]
OUT IN P01 130
P02 800
Connections R
F1 - F3 M16
F2 - F4 5/8” UNC
Drain plug
H2 - Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
T2 plug R - depth 25 mm
Nr. 4 holes
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator
R - depth 25 mm
LMP901
Nr. 4 holes Length 1
OUT
Connections R
F1 - F3 M16
IN F2 - F4 5/8” UNC
614 614
Drain plug Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
T2 plug
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator
T2 plug
R - depth 25 mm
LMP901
Nr. 4 holes Length 2
OUT H2
Execution [mm]
P01 130
IN P02 800
Connections R
F1 - F3 M16
F2 - F4 5/8” UNC
1035 1035
Drain plug
H2 - Recommended
T2 plug clearance space
for maintenance
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator
T2 plug
4 3c 3d
4 3c 3d
3d
3d
3c
3c
3e
3e
4
4
3a
3a 3b
2
3b
3a
2
3a
3g
3a
3b
3g
Seals
- Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C
Note
LMP 902 - 903 filters are provided
for vertical mounting
LMP 903
0.12
0
100 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
0
100 600 1200 1800 2400 3000
Valves Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve pressure drop
Valves Bypass valve pressure drop
LMP 902 - 903
Bypass valve
9 pressure drop
63
30
0 240 480 720 960 1200
Flow rate l/min
0
0
The curves are240 480 mineral
plotted using density of1200
720oil with960 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Execution S Execution B Execution S Execution B
LMP 902 • •
LMP 903 • •
IN IN IN IN
FA FB
FC FD
Position of manifolds
IN - OUT connections
Focus on
Bypass valve
Indicator port A/F 17
Plug T2 - A/F 30
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: LMP902 2 B A FA A10 N P01
LMP902 LMP903
Length
2
Bypass valve
S Without bypass B 3.5 bar
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: CU900 A10 A N P01
CU900
Filter series and size
LMP902 Nr. 4 filter elements
LMP903 Nr. 6 filter elements
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm M60 Wire mesh 60 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M90 Wire mesh 90 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
WA025 Water absorber inorganic microfiber 25 µm
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 445 DTA Electronic differential indicator 448
DEM Electrical differential indicator 445-446 DVA Visual differential indicator 448
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 446-447 DVM Visual differential indicator 448
DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 447
OUT
T2 plug
Bypass valve
IN
Drain plug
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator
OUT
T2 plug
Bypass valve
IN
Drain plug
T2 plug =
connection for differential indicator
3
6a
6b
6c
6c
6b
6d 6
5a
5
5b
Item 7:
for complete filter code and
spare parts, see
LMP 900 - 901 series chapter
Quantity:
- filter spare parts:
LMP 902 - 2 pcs.
LMP 903 - 3 pcs.
2 2
1 1
3 3
Clogging indicators
IN IN IN Differential indicators
Introduction
Filter elements are efficient only if their Dirt Holding Capacity is fully exploited.
OUT OUT OUT
This is achieved by using filter housings equipped with clogging indicators.
These devices trip when the clogging of the filter element causes an increase
in pressure drop across the filter element.
The indicator is set to alarm before the element becomes fully clogged. 1
2
1
2
3 3
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Differential indicators are used on the
Pressure line to check the efficiency of the OUT OUT OUT OUT
filter element.
They measure the pressure upstream
2
and downstream of the filter element 2 2 1
1 1 3
(differential pressure). 3 3
Standard items are produced with special
connection G 1/2” size.
Also available in Stainless Steel models.
IN IN IN IN
53
2
50
1 1 HFA, HFB,1 HFC according to ISO 2943
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
2 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
A/F 30
Max tightening Electrical data
torque: 65 N∙m - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
75
60
2
1
1
3 2
2
flexible cable: 290 to “A”
1
1
3 - Degree protection:1 IP66 according to EN 60529 1
Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Superseal series 1.5
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
- Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
A/F 28 - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
Max tightening
75
torque: 65 N∙m
60
2
1
1
2 C
3
2 DEM*20 2
Hydraulic symbol
3
Materials 2
A
4
- Body: Brass
Electrical Differential Indicator 5 B
1 1 - Base: 1 Black Nylon
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
2 bar ±10% DE M 20 x x 20 1P01 1 2
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
3
5 bar ±10% DE M 50 x x 20 P01
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
C
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
2 2 - Working temperature:
2 From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids A
2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943B
75
1 1 1 1
60
Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Time junior
A/F 28 - Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m
- Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
2
1
1
3 2
3 C 445 Low & Medium Pressure filters
4
2 2
5
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Dimensions
75
60
3 - Degree protection:
B
IP66 according to EN 60529
1 1
Electrical data
- Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-2-P
A/F 28
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
2
75
1
1
3 2
DEM*35 C
Hydraulic symbol
3
4
Materials
Electrical Differential Indicator 5
- Body: Brass
2 - Base: Black Nylon
A
Settings Ordering code 2
- Contacts: Silver
1 1 2
2 bar1±10% DE M 20 x x 35 P01 B
3
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
5 bar ±10% DE M 50 x x 35 P01
Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
C - Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
2 2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
flexible cable: 240 to “A”
A 1
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
B
1
Electrical data
53
53
50
DLA*51
C
- DLA*52 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
- Body: Brass
Electrical/Visual
A Differential Indicator 5
- Base: Transparent Nylon
B
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
2 bar ±10% DL A 20 x A x x P01 1 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
5 bar ±10% DL A 50 x A x x P01 3
Technical data
Electrical symbol - Max working pressure: 420 bar
4
- Proof pressure: 4
630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
3 3 3HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
53
50
1 1
2
- Degree protection: 1IP66 according to EN 60529
2 2 1
1 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 2
Electrical data 3 5
A/F 30
Max tightening - Electrical connection:
4 EN 175301-803
torque: 65 N∙m - Type 5 51 52
- Lamps 24 Vdc 110 Vdc
- Resistive load: 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc
50
1
2 DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
1 2
3
Dimensions
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
2 1 IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 3 1
3 2
1 A/F 30 1 Electrical data 3
2 Max tightening 2 2 - Electrical connection:
4
IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
torque: 65 N∙m 1 - Lamps 5 24 Vdc
5 3 - Resistive load: 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
59 58
58
Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code 1
- Contacts: 1 Silver
2 bar ±10% DL E 20 x A 50 P01 3 - Seal: 2 HNBR - FPM
54 bar ±10% DL E 50 x A 50 P01 3
Technical data 4
- Max working pressure:
5 420 bar
3 59 - Proof pressure: 58 630 bar
1
2 - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
1 1 - Working
2 temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 3
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
5 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
Electrical symbol - Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
58
58
3
3 Electrical data
1 - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803 1
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
2 2 2
- Available the connector with lamps
1
A/F 32
3
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m
59 58
3
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
21bar ±10% DL E 20 x F 50 P01 1 1- Seal: 1 HNBR - FPM
3 2
52bar ±10% DL E 50 x F 50 P01 2
Technical data 3
4
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
58 - Proof pressure:5 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
Electrical symbol
58
3 Electrical data
Thermal lockout - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
1
- Thermal lockout setting: +30 °C
A/F 32 2
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
3
Dimensions
47
39
- Body: Brass
34
Electronic Differential Indicator
2
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
Settings Ordering code 1 - Contacts: Silver Industry 4.0
1 READY
2 bar ±10% DT A 20 x x 70 P01
3 2 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
5 bar ±10% DT A 50 x x 70 P01 3
4 Technical data
5 - Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP67 according to EN 60529
47
39
Electrical symbol
34
Electrical data
1 +24 Vdc - Electrical connection: IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
- Power supply: 24 Vdc
A/F 30 2 4 ÷ 20 mA
- Analogue output: From 4 to 20 mA
Max tightening 75% - N.O.
torque: 50 N∙m
3 Digital output - Thermal lockout: 30 °C (all output signals stalled up to 30 °C)
100% - N.O.
4 Digital output
5 0 Vdc
34
1 2
3
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
A/F 28
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m
2
1
3
A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m
2
1
3
10
Dimensions
A/F30 T2 Materials
- Body: Phosphatized steel
Indicator plug
- Seal: HNBR / FPM
Seal Ordering code
HNBR T2 H
FPM T2 V
A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 50 N∙m
Accessories
RETAINING CLAMP
example
LMP950
Mounting holes
Size
20
Screw
M Metric
Execution
P01 MP Filtri standard
FILTER SIZING
For the proper corrective factor Y see chapter at page 25
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C
Connections
In-line Inlet/Outlet
Note
FMP 039 filters are provided
for vertical mounting
Executions
Execution 1: Execution 6
without indicator connection double indicator connection (A - B) A: B:
Closure cap Standard closure cap
A
with standard T2 steel. with plastic thread protection.
The position of the cap
is reversible. If necessary, a second T2
plug is available, see ordering
B information.
bypass
0.50
0.50
0.00
0.00 0 20 40 60 80 100
0 20 40 60 80 100
Flow rate l/min
Valves
Valves valve pressure drop
Bypass
Bypass valve pressure drop
Bypass valve pressure drop
FMP 039
15 FMP 039
15
10
10
∆p bar
5
5
0
0 0 20 40 60 80 100
0 20 40 60 80 100
Flow rate l/min
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B
FMP 039 • •
OUT OUT
D.I. D.I.
IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FMP039 3 B A B 6 A03 N P01
FMP039
Length
2 3 4
Valves
S Without bypass
B 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
A G 1/2”
B 1/2” NPT
C SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP039 3 A03 A N P01
HP039
Element length
2 3 4
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569
16.5
IN OUT
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 6 mm
Nr. 2 holes
Connection for
Version 1 Version 6 differential indicator
T2 plug
FMP039
Connection for
differential indicator Filter H
length [mm]
2 151
The position of the T2 plug is reversible
3 194
4 238
Connections R
A M6
B-C 1/4” UNC
4 3e 3d
3a
3b
3c
FMP series
Maximum working pressure up to 32 MPa (320 bar) - Flow rate up to 475 l/min
Connections
In-line Inlet/Outlet
Note
FMP filters are provided
for vertical mounting
FMP
Valves
Valves
GENERAL INFORMATION
Bypass valve pressure drop
0.00 Bypass valve pressure drop
0 25 50 75 100 125 0.00
0 25 50FMP 065 75 100 125 FMP 320
15 Pressure15drop
15 065
FMP
FMP 135 10 10
Filter housings ∆p pressure drop
1.50 FMP 065 FMP 135 10
1.50 3/4” 1.50
1/2” 1” Check Valve 3/4” 5
Check Valve 5 1”
1.00 3/4” 5
FMP 065 1.00 1.00
∆p bar
∆p bar
1/2” 0 0
0.50 0 12 24 36 48 60 0 0
0.50 3/4” 0.50 0 12
Valves
0.00 Bypass valve pressure drop
0.00 0 50 100 150 200 250 0.00
0 FMP 135150 250 FMP 320
0 25 50 75 100 125 0 50 15100 200 4.50 135
FMP
Valves FMP 065l/min 15 FMP 320
Flow rate l/min Flow
15 rate 15
Bypass valve pressure drop
0
10 3.00
0 25 50 75 100 125 10
FMP 320
1.50 FMP 135 FMP 065 10 FMP 320 10
1.50 Check Valve 1 1/4” 15 FMP 320
1.50 15
3/4” 5 1 1/4” 1.50
11”
1/2” 5
1.00 5 1 1/2” 5
FMP 135 1.00 10
1.00 10
∆p bar
0 0.00
3/4” 0
0.50 1” 0 0 18 36 54 72 90 0 0
0.505 5 60 0 18
0.50 0 12 24 36 48 0
1 - Reve
0.00 2 - In fil
0.00 0 200 300 400 500 0
0.00 0
100
0 50 150
100 rate l/min 200 250 00 12
100 24
200 36
300 48
400 60
500 0 50 100FMP 320
Valves Flow FMP 135 FMP 320
15 4.50
Bypass valve pressure drop
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 Bypass valve pressure drop
FMP 065 FMP 320
FMP 135 10 FMP 320 3.00
15 FMP 320 15 15 4.50
1.50
1 1/4”
5 1.50
10 1 1/2” 10 10 3.00
FMP 320 1.00
∆p bar
∆p bar
1 1/4” 0 0.00
5 5 5 1.50 90 0
0.50 1 1/2” 0 18 36 54 72
0 0 0 0.00 1 - Reve
0.00 0 12 24 36 48 60 0 0 18 50 36 100 54 150 72 200 90 250 0 70 1402 - In fil
0 100 200 300 400 500
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min FMP 320
1 - Reverse flow
0 2 - In filter direction
FMP 135
200FMP 320 500
0 100 15
15 FMP 320300 400
4.50
FMP 320 FMP 320 - Filter housing with c
15
1
10
10 3.00
∆p bar
2
55 1.50
00 0.00
60 00 50
18 100
36 150
54 200
72 250
90 0 70 140 210 280 350
60 50 100 150 200 250
Flow rate l/min
1 - Reverse flow
FMP 320
Filter housing 2with
- In check valve
filter direction Valves
4.50 FMP 320 FMP 320 - Filter housing with check valve
4.50 1 - Reverse flow
1
1 2 - In filter direction
3.00
3.00
∆p bar
2
2
1.50
1.50
0.00
0.00
90 0 70 140 210 280 350
90 0 70 140 210 280 350
Flow rate l/min
1 - Reverse flow
1 - Reverse flow
The curves
2 - are plotted
2 - In filter
In filter using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
direction
direction
∆p variesFMP
proportionally with density.
320 - Filter housing
FMP 320 - Filter housing
with check valve
with check valve
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S - E Style B - C Style T Style D
FMP 065 • • • •
FMP 135 • • • •
FMP 320 • • • •
OUT OUT OUT OUT
IN IN IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FMP065 3 T A G1 M25 S P01
FMP065 FMP135 FMP320
Length FMP065 FMP135 FMP320
1 • • •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 •
Valves
S Without bypass C With bypass 6 bar, plug on the opposite side
E Without bypass, plug on the opposite side T With check valve, without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar D With check valve, with bypass
Seals
A NBR V FPM
Connections FMP065 FMP135 FMP320
G1 G 1/2” G 3/4” G 1 1/4”
G2 G 3/4” G 1” G 1 1/2”
G3 1/2” NPT 3/4” NPT 1 1/4” NPT
G4 3/4” NPT 1” NPT 1 1/2” NPT
G5 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G6 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
F1 - 3/4” SAE 3000 psi/M 1 1/4” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 - 1” SAE 3000 psi/M 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
F3 - 3/4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 1 1/4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F4 - 1” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP065 3 M25 A S P01
HP065 HP135 HP320
Element length HP065 HP135 HP320
1 • • •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 •
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569
IN OUT
Recommended
clearance space
R - depth 15 mm for maintenance
Nr. 2 holes
Valves S - B - T - D Valves E - C
Connection for
differential indicator
Bypass plug T2 plug not included
FMP065
Filter H
length [mm]
1 169
Connection for 2 200
differential indicator
T2 plug not included 3 302
Bypass plug
Connections R
G1-G2 M8
G3-G4-G5-G6 5/16” UNC
IN OUT
R - depth 10 mm
Nr. 3 holes
FMP135
Filter H
Connection for
differential indicator length [mm]
T2 plug not included 1 221
Bypass plug
2 334
3 409
Connections R
G1-G2 M10
G3-G4-G5-G6 3/8” UNC
F1-F2 M10
F3-F4 3/8” UNC
Length 1 - 2 - 3 Length 4
40
40
IN OUT
Drain
Recommended plug
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 4 holes Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Valves S - B - T - D Valves E - C
Connection for
differential indicator
Bypass plug T2 plug not included
FMP320
H2 [mm]
Filter H Execution
length [mm] P01 P02
Connection for
differential indicator 1 263 150 -
T2 plug not included Bypass plug 2 386 150 -
3 518 150 -
4 671 150 550
Connections R
G1-G2 M12
G3-G4-G5-G6 1/2” UNC
F1-F2 M12
F3-F4 1/2” UNC
5 3h 3m
3h 3m
3g
3a
3e 3d
3b
3c
3f
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3m) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Bypass assembly Non-bypass assembly
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM
FMP 065 See 02050267 02050278 02001312 02001385 02001314 02001386
FMP 135 order 02050293 02050294 T2H T2V 02001312 02001385 02001314 02001386
FMP 320 table 02050274 02050285 02001396 02001397 02001398 02001399
FHP series
Maximum working pressure up to 42 MPa (420 bar) - Flow rate up to 750 l/min
Connections
FHP 010 - 065 - 135 - 500:
In-line Inlet/Outlet
FHP 011 - 320:
90° Inlet/Outlet
Note
FHP filters are provided
for vertical mounting
FHP
FHP 011 0.50
0.50
0.50
0.00
0.50
0 10 20 30 40 50
0.50
0.00
GENERAL INFORMATION
5 0.00
0 100 200 300 400 500
5
0.00
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
0 10 20 30 40 50
0.00 0 100 200 300 400 500
50
0 0.00 10 20 30 40 50 0.00
0
0
100 200 300 400 500 50
0
0 100
Pressure
150 200
drop250
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 FHP 50
500 100 150 200 250 FHP 500
1.50 15
FHP 500
FHP 065 1 1/2” 1.50500
FHP Filter housings ∆p pressure drop
1.50 FHP 320 FHP 500
FHP
FHP 320
500 15
FHP
FHP 010
500 - 011 FHP 1.50
010 15
1.50 FHP
-15011 065 1 1/2”
1.50
1.50 1.50 1.00
1.50
FHP 320 FHP 320 1015
FHP 320
FHP 065 3/4” 1 1/2” 2” 1.50 1
1.50 FHP1/2”
010 Check Valve 1.00
1.00 1 1/4”1 1/2” FHP 010
3/4” 2”
1 1/2” 1/2” 1 1/4” 10
1.00
1.00 1.00 10
1.00 10 2” 5 1 1/4”
1.00 3/4” 2” 1.00 0.50
1.00 1 1/2” 10 1 1/2”
1.00 1
∆p bar
∆p bar
1.00 1/2” 0.50
0.50 FHP 011 FHP 011 5
FHP 0100.50
- 011 0.50
0.50 55 0.00 0
0.50 0.50 FHP 3200.50
1.50
1.50 0.50 FHP 320 5 0 150 300 450 600 750
0.50 0 150 300 450 600 75015 0.00
0.00 FHP 010 0
0.00 0 150 300 450 600 750
0.00 50 75 100 125 0
0
50 1.00 0.00 0 25 0.00 0.00
0.00 150 50
1 1/4” 0 0 150 300 450 600 750
00 100
10 200
20 300
30 400
40 500
50 0010 00
0 1.00 Valves 25 150 300 300 450
50 100 450 600
75 150 1/2” 750
100200
1600 125250
750 0.0010
0.00 150 300 450 600 750 0 20 100 30 20040 30050 400 500 0 100 0FHP 010 50
- 011 300
200 100 400150 200
500 250
0 25 50 Flow FHP
100 011
75 rate l/min 125 Flow rate l/min Valves 15
125 Bypass valve pressure drop
0.50
FHP 500 0.50 15 FHP 500
Valves 5Bypass FHP valve pressure drop
010 -FHP 011500 FH
FHP 010
Valves 1.50 - 011 FHPdropFHP-010
010 500
011- 011 FHP15
1.50 FHP 135 3/4” Bypass valve FHP 320
pressure
15 1.50 FHP FHP010 500-320
FHP 011 - Filter housing with check valve
15 1
Bypass 1.50
valve pressure drop 1.50 15 1.50 15 10
1 1/2” FHP 135 3/4” FHP 010 - 011 Check Valve
0.00 FHP 065 FHPValve
Check 010 FHP 065
1.50 Check Valve 1 1/2” 15
1.50 1” 1.50 0.00 10 0 1 1/2”
0 FHP 1.00 13510 20 30 403/4” 50 FHP 010 - 011 1 1/4”
1.50
1.00 FHP 010 - 011 2” 150 100 200 300 4001” 500 010 1050 100 150 200 250 1
1.00
15 1.00 10 1.00 10 1 1/2” 2” 1.00 10 5
2”
3/4” 3/4”
∆p bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
1”
1/2”
FHP 011 1.00 1/2” 10
1.00 1.00 5
1.00
0.50 0.50 10 5 500 5
FHP
10
0.50 FHP 55000.50
0.50 5 15
0.50 5 0
FHP 320 1.50 FHP 320
1.50 15
0.50 5 0 3 6 9 12 15
FHP 0650.50 0.50 0 1 1/2”
1.50 0.00 0 0
0.50
0.00 1 1/4” 600 5 0
0 0.00 150 300 450 600 750 10 0 0
1.000.00 0.00
0 1.000.005 100 15020 30030 450
40 50
1 1/2” 250
750 0
2” 03 1506 3009 12
450 60015 750
100 1503/4” 200 10 0 0 00 3 150
100 6200 6 300 300 9 450
12 18 12 600
400 500 15 750
24 32 0 0 0 150 50 300100 450150 600200 750250
125 0.00 0 50
1/2” 0.00
0.00
FHP 320
1.00 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 6 12 18 24 32
0.00 0 25 Flow50 rate l/min75 100 125 0 0 25 50 Flow 75 rate l/min
100 125 5
4.50 Flow rate l/min
Valves 0 100 150 200 250 0.50 1
00.50 50 0 FHP 010
5Valves 6 - 011 12 18 24 32 FHP 010 FHP -500011 - Filter housing with check valve
250 0 6 12 18 24 32 15
FHP 500 Valves FHP 320 FH
Bypass valve pressure drop 1.50 FHP FHP
320 065 15 320 - Pressure drop- in
FHP
4.50 FHP 010 011Reverse flow valves
0.50 4.50 valve15 pressure drop 15 1
Bypass Bypass valve 0 pressure 3.00
drop
FHP 065 1
FHP 065
1.50 0.00 0.00
0 FHP 065
1 1/2” 1 15 Bypass valve pressure drop
FHP 010 - 011 0 10 150 FHP 010300 4503/4” 600 750 0 150 300 450 600 750 2
10
0.00 FHP 0101.50 -15011FHP 135
015 065
100 200 300 4003/4” 500 15
FHP 1.00
135 0 320 10 15 50
- 011
100 150 200 250 3.00FHP 010 -10 011
1.50
3/4”125 1.50 1.50 FHP 3.00 2” 15 FHP 3201.50
15
1
0 25 50 75 1/2” 100 10
1.00 FHP 010 1” 1” 2
10 5 2 5
Valves 10 FHP
0.50 500 1 1/4” 1.50 FHP 0100.00 -5011 FHP 0
1.00 FHP
10 500
1.00 15 1.50 10 5
∆p bar
∆p bar
2”
∆p bar
∆p bar
Bypass valve pressure drop 3/4” 5 0 150 300 4501 600 750
1.00 1/2”
2” 5 5 0.00
0.50 0.50 10 5 5FHP 065 5
0 55 0.00 0 0.00
FHP 010 - 011 15 10 0.00 0
0.50 70 140 210 280 350 3.00 00 0 6flow 140 9 12 15 0.
2” 15
0 0 150 24 300 48 450 72 600 96 750 120 031 - Reverse
150 70300 450 600
210 280750 350
0.50 0 2 - In 24
filter direction
48 72 96 120
0 0 2
0.00 0.00 50 0 0 0 24 00
12 24 36 48 60 0.00
10 5 00 48 72 96 120 1.50 0 1 - Reverse flow
0 10 0 050 100 24 100 200 48 150 300 200 72 400 96 250 500 120 0 3.60 FHP
1 - Reverse
50
0
1505006 flow
300 12100
12 450
150
2418 600
200
36 24 75048250
32 60 FHP
0 500 150
2 - -In320
Pressure
12 300
24 450
36
drop in Reverse flow valve
filter direction 600
48 750
60
0.00 2 - In filter direction FHP FHP 500 FH
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min 1 4.50 3.60 Flow rate l/min 3.
0 25
0 50 75 100 125 1 1
5 FHPFHP 135 5 0 FHP 500 0.00
500 15 0FHP 065 FHP
750 1.50 15 0 150 300 450 600 750
Valves
15 2.40 15
3 135 6 9 12 15 0FHP 135
FHP 010 -70 011 140 210 280 350 FHP 0
Bypass valve pressure drop
153.00
15 2.40
Valves 2.
1 1/2” 0
0 2 2
10 100 1.20 12 24 36 48 60 2
FHP 1.00
135 0 FHP 010 6
- 011
12 18
3/4” 24 2” 32 10
FHPFHP010 FHP
10
010- -320
011- Filter housing with check valve
011 101.50
10
FHP 320 FHP- Pressure
5001.20 drop in Reverse flow valves FHP1.5
1.50 15 15 4.50 3.60
1” 1 1
5 5
0.50 0.00135 5
5FHP
1.00 FHP 065 15 550.00 0.00 0.
15 10 10 3.00 0 150 300 450 600 750 2.40 0 070 140
150 210
300 280
450 600350 750
∆p bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
0 0
0.00 0 0 2 2
00
0.50 10 0 5
0
150
24
300
48
450
72
600
96
750
120 5 1.50 00 1 - Reverse
10 150 flow 300 450 600 750
1.20
2 - In012 2424
filter direction 4836 72
48 9660 120 0 3 1 - Reverse
24 6 flow 72
48 9 96
12 120
15
FHP 500 2 - In filter direction FH
3.60
0.00Valves 5 0 050.00 1
0.00
0 50 0 1003 1506 200 9 25012 015 0FHPFHP1350106 -70011 12 140 18 210 24280 32 350 FHP 010 - 011 - Filter housing with check valve
15 15 0FHP 320 150 300 450 600 750
Bypass valve pressure drop FHP 3
4.502.40
Flow rate l/min 0 Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
0 1
FHP 010 -12011 24 36 48 60 0 24 48 72 96 120 1 - Reverse flow 2
32 15 0 housing
Filter with check valve Pressure
10FHP 065drop in reverse flow valves
10 Pressure 2 -drop indirection
reverse flow valves
FHP 320 15 FHP 320 FHP- 500
Pressure drop in Reverse flow valves FHP1.20
3.00 500 -InPressure
filter drop in Reverse flow valve
4.50 3.60
1 - Reverse flow 1 1
2
10 FHP 135 55
215- In filter direction 10 1.50
0.00
3.00 2.40 0 150 300 450 600 750
5
The 00 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
10 curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of50.86
2
0 3 6
48 9
72 12 2
96 15
120 0.00 1 - Reverse flow
1.50 1.20 0 24
∆p varies proportionally with density. 0 2 - In 70 140
filter direction 210 280 350
0
5 0 0
0.00 6 12 18 24 32 0.00
0 FHP 320
12 24 36 48 60 FHP 320 - Pressure drop in Reverse flow valves
0 70 140 210 280 350 4.50 0 150 300 450 600 750 FHP 500 FHP 5
1 3.60
0 1
FHP 065 24
60 15 0 48 72 96 120 FHP 1135
3.00
- Reverse flow
FHP 500 2 - -InPressure
15 FHP 500 filter direction
drop in Reverse flow valve 2.40
3.60
2 477 High Pressure filters
1
10 2
10 1.50 1.20
FHP GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]
1 3 5 6 7 9 4 6 8 9 11 47
2 5 7 14 17 24 7 9 17 21 28 52
FHP 011
3 11 14 25 29 36
11 14 26 30 37 53
4 12 16 28 32 38
17 21 32 36 40 54
1 24 25 50 59 84 25 33 56 63 90 142
FHP 065 2 33 38 68 77 98 34 52 72 79 106 143
3 61 70 100 107 123 61 73 101 108 125 147
1 97 102 156 162 228 112 121 187 217 253 313
2 161 181 238 241 283 200 214 282 294 321 330
FHP 320
3 207 234 276 281 307 246 268 313 322 327 335
4 233 247 280 284 311 268 281 316 326 338 342
1
144 157 265 268 355 269 305 390 406 444 612
2
232 262 350 363 398 321 357 433 441 484 619
FHP 500 3
293 301 398 408 455 396 416 497 499 537 622
4
336 377 452 455 507 430 475 516 524 545 626
5
420 428 494 500 544 475 493 535 545 569 627
Maximum flow rate for a complete pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B Style T Style D Style V Style Z
FHP 010 - 011 • • • •
FHP 065 • • •
FHP 135 • • •
FHP 320 • • • • • •
FHP 500 • • • • • •
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
IN IN IN IN IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHP010 2 B A B 2 A03 N P01
FHP010 FHP011
Length
1 2 3 4
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
V With reverse flow, without bypass
Z With reverse flow, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
A G 1/4”
B 1/4” NPT
C SAE 5 - 1/2” - 20 UNF
D G 3/8”
E 3/8” NPT
F SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF
Connection for differential indicator
1 Without
2 With connection
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
Valves
Element ∆p S B V Z Execution
N 20 bar • • P01 MP Filtri standard
H 210 bar • • Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP011 2 A03 A N P01
HP011
Element length
1 2 3 4
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
H 210 bar Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569
IN OUT
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
FHP010
Filter H
length [mm]
1 92
2 103
3 153
4 203
R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 3 holes Connections R
Connection for A M6
differential indicator B-C 1/4” UNC
T2 plug not included D M6
E-F 1/4” UNC
OUT
IN
Recommended
clearance space FHP011
for maintenance
Filter H
length [mm]
1 92
2 103
3 153
4 203
R - depth 12 mm Connections R
Nr. 3 holes
Connection for
A M6
differential indicator B-C 1/4” UNC
T2 plug not included D M6
E-F 1/4” UNC
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHP320 4 V A G1 A06 S P01
FHP065 FHP135 FHP320
Length FHP065 FHP135 FHP320
1 • • •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 •
Valves FHP065 FHP135 FHP320
S Without bypass • • •
B With bypass 6 bar • • •
T With check valve, without bypass • • •
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar •
V With reverse flow, without bypass •
Z With reverse flow, with bypass 6 bar •
Seals
A NBR V FPM
Connections FHP065 FHP135 FHP320
G1 G 1/2” G 3/4” G 1 1/4”
G2 G 3/4” G 1” G 1 1/2”
G3 1/2” NPT 3/4” NPT 1 1/4” NPT
G4 3/4” NPT 1” NPT 1 1/2” NPT
G5 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
G6 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
F1 - 3/4” SAE 3000 psi/M 1 1/4” SAE 3000 psi/M
F2 - 1” SAE 3000 psi/M 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M
F3 - 3/4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 1 1/4” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F4 - 1” SAE 3000 psi/UNC 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
F5 - 3/4” SAE 6000 psi/M 1 1/4” SAE 6000 psi/M
F6 - 3/4” SAE 6000 psi/UNC 1 1/4” SAE 6000 psi/UNC
IN OUT
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 2 holes
FHP065
Filter H
length [mm]
1 196
2 227
3 329
Connections R
G1-G2 M8
G3-G4-G5-G6 5/16” UNC
IN OUT
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 10 mm
Nr. 3 holes
FHP135
Filter H
length [mm]
1 260
2 373
3 448
Connections R
G1-G2 M10
G3-G4-G5-G6 3/8” UNC
F1-F2 M10
F3-F4 3/8” UNC
F5 M10
F6 3/8” UNC
Length 1 - 2 - 3 Length 4
IN OUT
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
Drain
Recommended plug
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 4 holes Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
FHP320
H2 [mm]
Filter H Execution
length [mm] P01 P02
1 299 150 -
2 422 150 -
3 554 150 -
4 707 150 550
Connections R
G1-G2 M12
G3-G4-G5-G6 1/2” UNC
F1-F2 M12
F3-F4 1/2” UNC
F5 M12
F6 1/2” UNC
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHP500 4 V A G1 A06 S P01
FHP500
Length
1 2 3 4 5
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
V With reverse flow, without bypass
Z With reverse flow, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
G1 G 1 1/2” F4 2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC
G2 1 1/2” NPT F5 1 1/2” SAE 6000 psi/M
G3 SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN F6 1 1/2” SAE 6000 psi/UNC
F1 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/M F7 2” SAE 6000 psi/M
F2 1 1/2” SAE 3000 psi/UNC F8 2” SAE 6000 psi/UNC
F3 2” SAE 3000 psi/M
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP500 4 A06 A S P01
HP500
Element length
1 2 3 4 5
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569
Length 1 - 2 - 3 Length 4 - 5
IN OUT
Drain
plug
R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 4 holes
Recommended clearance space for maintenance
FHP500
Valves S - B - T - D Valves V - Z
H2 [mm]
Filter H Execution
length [mm] P01 P02
1 330 150 -
2 420 150 -
3 496 150 -
4 654 150 480
5 820 150 650
Connections R
G1 M12
G2-G3 1/2” UNC
F1 M12
F2 1/2” UNC
F3 M12
F4 1/2” UNC
F5 M12
F6 1/2” UNC
F7 M12
F8 1/2” UNC
3a Q.ty:
nr. 0 pcs. for version 1
3b
(without indicator port)
FHP 500
4 3d
3e
3g
3a
3b
3c
3c
3b
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
See
FHP 500 order 02050330 02050331 T2H T2V
3f
table
3m 3h
3d 3e
5
4
6
3g
3m 3h
3a
3b
3c
2 3c
3b
3f
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3m) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Bypass assembly Non-bypass assembly
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM
FHP 065 See 02050265 02050276 02001116 02001136 02001142 02001139
FHP 135 order 02050269 02050280 T2H T2V 02001117 02001137 02001143 02001392
FHP 320 table 02050272 02050283 02001118 02001138 02001144 02001395
FMM series
Maximum working pressure up to 42 MPa (420 bar) - Flow rate up to 250 l/min
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C
Connections
In-line Inlet/Outlet
Note
FMM filters are provided
for vertical mounting
Flow rate
Valves
FMM 150(for FMM) Pressure drop
15
Bypass valve pressure drop
Δp bar
1/2”
3/4” 1”
1” 1/4
5 10
1.00 1.00 10
∆p bar
∆p bar
Δp bar
Δp bar
0 5
0.50 0.50 5
0 30 60 90 120 150
0
0.00 0.00 Flow 0
0 30 rate l/min
60 90 120 150
0 - FHA) 30
Valves (for FMM 60 90 120 150 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100
FHA - Pressure drop in Reverse flow valves
Bypass valve
Valves (for pressure drop
FMM) Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve FMM
pressure Flow rate l/min
050drop
- FHA 051 FHA 051 FMM - Filter housing with check valve
15 4.50
1
Bypass valve
MM 150 FMM 050 FMM 150
15 15 FMM 050 pressure drop
4.50
10 1” 3.00
1” 1/4 DIAGRAMMA PER CALCOLO 2
Δp bar
Δp bar
10 10
FMM 3.00
∆p bar
∆p bar
150
Δp bar
5 1.501.50
5 5 1”
1.50 1” 1/4
0 1.000.00
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 20 40 60 80 100
0 0 0
Flow rate l/min 0.0050 Flow rate l/min
50 100 0 150 30 200 60 250 90 300 120 350 150 0 100 150 200 250 300 350
0 0.50 0 20 40 60 80 100
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
FMM - Filter housing with check valve
Flow rate l/min
FMM - Filter housing with check valve
*
0.00
Filter housing
1 - Reverse flow
2 - In filter direction Flow rate l/min
Valves
FMM 050 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
4.50 with check valve
FMM 050
4.50
AGRAMMA PER CALCOLO
3.00
Flow rate l/min
∆p bar
MM 150 3.00
1.50 1”
1” 1/4
1.50
0 0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100
0.00
0 20 Flow
40 rate l/min
60 80 100
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
50 ∆p100
varies proportionally
150 200 with250
density. 300 350
Flow rates [l/min]
Filter element design - N Series Filter element design - S Series
Flow rate l/min
Filter series Length A03 A06 A10 A16 A25 M25 A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
1 42 43 79 82 106 147 29 39 57 59 74
2 52 57 85 96 121 149 45 49 76 88 114
FMM 050 3 66 69 97 106 130 150 58 61 89 99 125
4 83 89 113 115 134 152 74 80 106 108 129
5 107 110 130 134 141 154 93 95 111 121 139
IN IN IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FMM050 3 B A G A10 N P01
FMM050
Length
1 2 3 4 5
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
A M18x1.5 - ISO 6149
B M22x1.5 - ISO 6149
C G 1/2”
D G 3/4”
E 1/2” NPT
F 3/4” NPT
G SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
H SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP050 3 A10 A N P01
HP050
Element length
1 2 3 4 5
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569
Connections R
A-B-C-D M10
E-F-G-H 3/8” UNC
IN OUT
H
Drain plug only length 5 Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 3 holes
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FMM150 2 B A D 2 M25 N P01
FMM150
Length
1 2 3
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
C G 1”
D G 1 1/4”
E 1” NPT
F 1 1/4” NPT
G SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
H SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
Element ∆p Execution
N 20 bar P01 MP Filtri standard
Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP150 2 M25 A N P01
HP150
Element length
1 2 3
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569
Connections R
IN OUT C-D M10
E-F-G-H 3/8” UNC
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 4 holes
Connection for
differential indicator Connection for
T2 plug not included differential indicator
T2 plug not included
3d
3e
3g
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3g) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
3a series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
See
FMM 050 order 02050314 02050315 T2H T2V
table
3b
3c
3f
FMM 150
3d
3e
3c
3f
Note
FHA filters are provided
for vertical mounting
GENERAL INFORMATION 0
0 30 60 90 120
FHA 051 150
0.00
0 20 4
Valves (for FHA)
Pressure drop
FHA - Press
Bypass valve pressure drop
Filter housings Bypass valve flow
1 - Reverse
FHA 051 ∆p pressure drop FHA 051 2 - In filter
pressure FHA 051
dropdirection
1.50 15 4.50
1/2”
∆p bar
0.50 5 1.50
0.00 0 0.00
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 30 60 90 120 150 0 2
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
FHA - Pressure drop in Reverse flow valves
Pressure drop in reverse flow valves 1 - Reverse
FHA 051 FHA 051 2 - In filter
4.50 1.50
1
1/2”
1 - Reverse flow
2 - In filter direction
3/4”
3.00 1.00
2
∆p bar
1.50 0.50
0.00 0.00
150 0 20
0 40
30 60 80
90 100
120 150
Flow rate l/min
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
1 - Reverse flow
∆p varies2 proportionally with density.
- In filter direction
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B Style T Style D Style V Style Z
FHA 051 • • • • • •
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
IN IN IN IN IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHA051 3 B A G A10 N P01
FHA051
Length
1 2 3 4 5
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
V With reverse flow, without bypass
Z With reverse flow, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
A M18x1.5 - ISO 6149 E 1/2” NPT
B M22x1.5 - ISO 6149 F 3/4” NPT
C G 1/2” G SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
D G 3/4” H SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP050 3 A10 A N P01
HP050
Element length
1 2 3 4 5
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569
FHA051
Filter H
length [mm]
1 158
2 195
3 237
IN OUT 4 285
5 407
Connections R
A-B-C-D M10
E-F-G-H 3/8” UNC
H
Drain plug only length 5 Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 3 holes
Valves S - B - T - D
Valves V - Z
Execution P01 Execution P02 Execution P03
3d
3e
3g
3a
3b
3c
FHM series
Maximum working pressure up to 32 MPa (320 bar) - Flow rate up to 450 l/min
Seals
- Standard NBR series A
- Optional FPM series V
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C
Connections
Manifold mounting
Note
FHM filters are provided
for vertical mounting
FHM
0.00 0.50
0 6 12 18 24 30
GENERAL INFORMATION
0.00
0
0.00
6
0
12
30
18
60
24
90
30
120 150
0.00
0 70 1
0.00
Pressure drop
0 30 60
∆p bar
1.00
1.50 1.00 1.00
FHM 135 FHM 320
1.50 1.501.50 0.50
FHMFHM
135135 FHMFHM
320320
1.501.50 1.501.50 0.50
0.00 0.50 0.50
0.00 0
1.00 12 24 36 48 60 0.001.00 0.00
1.001.00 0 6 12 18 24 30 0
1.001.00 12 0 2490 36180 48270 60
360 450 0.00
0.00 0.00
Flow rate l/min Flow 0 90 180
4.50
FHM 006 - 007 0 30 rate l/min
60 90 120 150 0 70 1
FHM 0060.50
- 007 0.50
4.50 0.500.50 0.50 FHM 135 FHM 320
1.500.50 1.50
FHM 050 - 065 FHM 135 FHM 320
3.00 1.50 1.50 1.50
0.00 FHM 010 FHM 050 - 065
0.00
3.00 1.50
0.004.50
0.00 0 30 60 90 120 150 1.000.00 0
0.00 70 140 210 280 350 1.00
FHM 500
0 0 30 30 60 60 90 90 120120 150150 1.00 0 0 1.50
70 70 140Check 210210
140 Valve 280280 350350 1.00
1.50 1.00
Valves
∆p bar
∆p bar
∆p bar
0 12 24
1.50
1.50 1.00
0.50 0.50 Valves
0.50 Bypass valve pressure drop
0.00
0.50 FHM 135
0.00 0 12
0.00 24 36 48 60 0.00 15
FHM 135
150 0 12 0 2470 36140 48210 60
280 350 0.00 0 90
15
FHM 050
180- 065 270 360 450 15 15 FHM 320
Valves
0 90 180 270 360 450
Valves 0.00 pressure drop
Valves valve
Bypass
Flow rate l/min 10
Flow rate l/min
Bypass valve
Bypass 0pressure
pressure
valve 20
dropdrop 40 60 80 100 10 10
10
FHM 050 - 065 FHM 320
1.50 FHM 050 -15 FHM 050 - 065 Bypass valve pressure drop
065 15 3203205
FHMFHM
1.50 FHMFHM
050050
- 065
- 065
15 15 15 15 5 5
5
1.00 10 10 0
Valves
1.00 10 10 10 10 0 18 36 54 72 90
Valves
Bypass valve pressure drop 0 0 0
∆p bar
∆p bar
10 10
0
0 18 36 54 72 90
5
5 FHM 320
5 15 FHM 135
15 FHM 135
15
0
00
0 10 18 36 54 72 90
10
0 0 18 18 36 rate54l/min
36Flow 54 72 72 90 90
10
The curves
5 are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in5 compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density. 5
0 0
60 0 18 36 54 72 90 00 18 36 54 72 90
0 18 36 54 72 90
511 High Pressure filters
FHM GENERAL INFORMATION
Flow rates [l/min]
2 13 13 15 16 16 16
FHM 007
3 15 15 16 16 17 17
2 23 25 32 34 37 38
FHM 010
3 31 33 37 38 39 40
1 112 121 187 217 252 312 97 102 156 162 228
2 200 214 281 293 320 328 161 181 237 241 282
FHM 320
3 245 267 312 320 325 333 207 233 275 280 306
4 267 281 315 325 336 341 232 247 279 283 309
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B Style T Style D
FHM 006 •
FHM 007 •
FHM 010 •
FHM 050 • • • •
FHM 065 • • • •
FHM 135 • • • •
FHM 320 • • • •
FHM 500 • • • •
OUT OUT OUT OUT
IN IN IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHM010 2 S V G1 A03 H P01
FHM006 FHM007 FHM010
Valves
S Without bypass
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
G1 Manifold side “A”
G2 Manifold side “B”
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP065 2 A03 A H P01
FHM006 FHM007 FHM010
HP011 •
HP065 • •
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569
IN
Nr. 4 holes
Mounting surface
IN
Nr. 4 holes
Mounting surface
FHM006
Connection G2
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
Recommended clearance
space for maintenance IN
Nr. 4 holes
Mounting surface
OUT
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
Recommended clearance
IN space for maintenance
Nr. 4 holes
FHM007
Connection G2
Filter H
length [mm]
Mounting surface
2 265
3 366
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
Recommended clearance
space for maintenance IN
Nr. 4 holes
Mounting surface
OUT
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
Recommended clearance
IN space for maintenance
Nr. 4 holes
FHM010
Connection G2
Filter H
Mounting surface length [mm]
2 280
3 381
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHM135 3 S A F1 A10 H P01
FHM050 FHM065 FHM135
Length FHM050 FHM065 FHM135
1 • • •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 •
5 •
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
F1 Manifold
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
Valves: FHM050 FHM065-135
Element ∆p S B T D S B T D Execution
N 20 bar • • • • P01 MP Filtri standard
H 210 bar • • Pxx Customized
S 210 bar • •
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP135 3 A10 A H P01
HP050 HP065 HP135
Element length HP050 HP065 HP135
1 • • •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 •
5 •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569
IN OUT
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
Nr. 4 holes
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
depth 13 mm
Nr. 4 holes
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
Nr. 4 holes
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHM320 4 D A F1 A06 N P01
FHM320 FHM500
Length FHM320 FHM500
1 • •
2 • •
3 • •
4 • •
5 •
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
F1 Manifold
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP320 4 A06 A N P01
HP320 HP500
Element length HP320 HP500
1 • •
2 • •
3 • •
4 • •
5 •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569
OUT IN
Length 1 - 2 - 3 Length 4
Drain
Recommended plug
clearance space
for maintenance
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Nr. 6 holes
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug
Recommended Drain
clearance space plug
for maintenance
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Nr. 6 holes
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
3d
3e
3f
3c
3b
3a
3n
3h 3m
3e
3d
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3f) 4 5
4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
6 3g
FHM 006 See 02050324 02050325
FHM 007 order 02050600 02050601 T2H T2V
FHM 010 table 02050320 02050321 3h 3m 3a
3b
3c
3c
3b
3f
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3m) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Bypass assembly Non-bypass assembly
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM
FHM 050 02050410 02050411 02001400 02001401 02001402 02001403
FHM 065 See 02050268 02050279 02001400 02001401 02001402 02001403
FHM 135 order 02050271 02050282 T2H T2V 02001404 02001405 02001406 02001407
FHM 320 table 02050275 02050286 02001408 02001409 02001410 02001411
FHM 500 02050332 02050333 02001408 02001409 02001410 02001411
FHB series
Maximum working pressure up to 32 MPa (320 bar) - Flow rate up to 485 l/min
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C
Connections
Manifold mounting
Note
FHB filters are provided
for vertical mounting
FHB
10
0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100 GENERAL INFORMATION
0.00 5
5
5
0 20 40 60 80 100
0
Pressure drop
0
0 12 24 36 48 60 0 0 50
Valves
FHB 135 0
Filter housings ∆p pressure drop 12
0.90 Bypass valve pressure drop
FHB 050 - 065 FHB 135
0.90 0.90 FHB 135
15
FHB 135
0.60 Check Valve
Check Valve 15
0.60 0.60
10 FHB 050 - 065
15 15
FHB 320
∆p bar
∆p bar
0.30 10
0.30 0.30
105 10
0.00 5
0.00 0 40 80 120 160 200 0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 40 50 80 120 160 200 5
Valves 0 18 36 54 72 90 0
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min 0 18
FHB 050 - 065 Bypass valve pressure drop
0.90 0 0
FHB 320 0 12 24 36 48 60 0 50
0.90 FHB 135
0.90 FHB 320
0.60 Check Valve 0.90
FHB 050 - 065 FHB 135 FHB 320
15 15 15
0.60
∆p bar
0.60 0.60
0.30
10 10 10
0.30
0.30 0.30
0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100 5 5 5
0.00
0.00 0 Valves 75 150 225 300 375 0.00
0 Valves 80
40 pressureFlow
Bypass valve drop 120
rate l/min 160 200 0 0 75 150 225 300 375 0
0
Bypass valve pressure drop 0 12 0 24 18 36 3648 54 60 72 0
90 50 100 15
FHB 135
0.90 Bypass valve pressure drop
FHB 050 - 065 FHB FHB
135 320
15 15 15
FHB 050
FHB 320 - 065 FHB 320
0.60 0.90
15 15
10 10 10
∆p bar
∆p bar
0.60
10 10
0.30
5 5 5
0.00 0.30
5 5
0 40 80 120 160 200
0 0 0
0 0
0.00 12 24 36 48 60 00 0 18 50 36 100 54 150 72 200 90 250
0 75
12 150 225
24 rate l/min
Flow 36 300
48 375
60 0 50 Flow100
rate l/min150 200 250
FHB 135
FHB 320 15
0.90 FHB 135
15
10
0.60
10
∆p bar
5
0.30
5
0
0.00 36 54 72 90
0 0 18
0 75 150 225 300 375
0 18 36 54 72 90
266
Flow rate l/min
266
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
266
1 130 143 238 286 343 442 110 117 192 201 304
2 259 281 391 409 454 468 200 230 319 325 392
FHB 320
3 332 368 441 455 463 476 269 312 381 389 432
4 368 390 446 462 481 488 311 334 388 394 437
Maximum flow rate for a complete pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B Style T Style D
FHB 050 • • • •
FHB 065 • • • •
FHB 135 • • • •
FHB 320
OUT OUT OUT OUT
IN IN IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHB050 2 T A F1 A06 S P01
FHB050
Length
1 2 3 4 5
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
F1 Manifold
Valves
Element ∆p S B T D Execution
N 20 bar • • P01 MP Filtri standard
S 210 bar • • Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP050 2 A06 A S P01
HP050
Element length
1 2 3 4 5
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
Nr. 2 holes
OUT
IN
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHB320 4 S A F1 A06 H P01
FHB065 FHB135 FHB320
Length FHB065 FHB135 FHB320
1 • • •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 •
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
F1 Manifold
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
Valves
Element ∆p S B T D Execution 1 2 3 4
N 20 bar • • P01 MP Filtri standard • • • •
H 210 bar • • P02 Maintenance from the bottom of the housing •
Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP320 4 A06 A H P01
HP065 HP135 HP320
Element length HP065 HP135 HP320
1 • • •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 •
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm M25 Wire mesh 25 µm
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
Nr. 2 holes
OUT
IN
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Nr. 4 holes
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug not included
OUT
IN
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Length 1 - 2 - 3 Length 4
Connection for
differential indicator Nr. 4 holes
T2 plug not included
OUT
IN
Drain
Recommended plug
clearance space
for maintenance
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
3m 3h
4
5
3d
3e
6
3m 3h
3g
3n
3a
3b
3c
3f
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3n) 4 5 6
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Bypass assembly Non-bypass assembly
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM NBR FPM
FHB 050 02050412 02050413 02001312 02001385 02001314 02001386
FHB 065 See 02050266 02050277 02001312 02001385 02001314 02001386
order T2H T2V
FHB 135 02050270 02050281 02001312 02001385 02001314 02001386
table
FHB 320 02050273 02050284 02001381 02001382 02001383 02001384
Temperature
From -25 °C to +110 °C
Connections
FHF 325: In-line threaded connection
FHF 325: In-line flanged connection
FHF 325: Manifold mounting
Note
FHF filters are provided
for vertical mounting
1.00
∆p bar
Manifold
0.50
0.00
0 120 240 360 480 600
Flow rate l/min
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B
FHF 325 • •
OUT OUT
D.I. D.I.
IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHF325 2 S A H 7 A10 N P01
FHF325
Length
1 2 3
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
A G 1 1/2”
B 1 1/2” NPT
C SAE 24 - 1 7/8” - 12 UN
G 1 1/2” SAE 6000 psi/M
H 1 1/2” SAE 6000 psi/UNC
M Manifold ø1.38”
N Manifold ø1.50”
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HF325 2 A10 A N P01
HF325
Element length
1 2 3
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569
Nr. 4 holes
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN OUT
Vent IN
Vent OUT
Nr. 4 holes
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
IN OUT
Drain plug
on both sides Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug on both sides
Vent IN
Vent OUT
Nr. 4 holes
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Drain plug
on both sides
Connection for
differential indicator
T2 plug on both sides
IN OUT
Vent IN
Vent OUT
3f 3f
3c 3c
3b 3b
3a 3a
2 2
3a 3a
3f 3f
3b 3b
4 4
3d 3d
3e 3e
3f 3f
3g
3h
Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 1 pc. Q.ty: 2 pc.
Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3f) 4 Item: 2 3 (3a ÷ 3h) 4
Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug Filter Filter Seal Kit code number Indicator connection plug
series element NBR FPM NBR FPM series element NBR FPM NBR FPM
FHF 325 See FHF 325 See
A-B-C-G-H order
table
02050588 02050589 T2H T2V M-N order 02050590 02050591
table
T2H T2V
FHD series
Maximum working pressure up to 35 MPa (350 bar) - Flow rate up to 345 l/min
Note
FHD filters are provided
for vertical mounting
1.00 1.00
1.00
FHD
1.00
0.00
0 8 16 24 32 40
GENERAL INFORMATION
0.00 0.00
0 8 80 16 160 24 240 32 320 40 400 0.00
0 0 80 160
Pressure drop
Valves
Valves
FHD 051 Bypass valve pressure drop FilterBypass
housings ∆p pressure drop
alvesValves 3.00 FHD 021 valve pressure drop
FHD 051
ypass
Bypass
valve valve
pressure 3.00 drop
pressure
drop Valves 3.00 FHD 333
3.00 FHD 051 FHD 326 - 333
Bypass valve pressure drop 12 15 051
FHD
12
2.00
2.00 2.00
2.00
∆p bar
∆p bar
8 10
8
1.00
1.00 1.00
1.00
4 5
0.00 4
0.00 0 20 40 60 80 100 0.00
0.00
0 8 16 24 32 40 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 0
0 80 160 240 320 400 0
Flow rate l/min 0 32 l/min
16 Flow rate 48 64 80 0 50 100
0 16 32
FHD 333
FHD 333 Valves
3.00FHD
3.00
021
3.00 3.00 FHD 326 3.00
FHD 333
Bypass valve
FHD 051 FHD 326pressure drop
3.00 3.00
2.00 2.00 FHD 051 FHD 326 - 333
2.00 2.00 2.00 12 15
2.00
∆p bar
∆p bar
2.00
1.00 1.00
1.00 1.00 1.00 8 10
1.00 1.00
0.00 0.00
40 0.00 00.00 0 4 5
80 80 160 160 240 240 320 320 400 400 0.00
0 0.00 0 8 55 16 110 24 165 32 220 40 275 0.00 0 80 160 240 320 400
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 55 110 165 220 275
ValvesValves Flow rate l/min 0 Flow rate l/min 0
Valves 0 16 32 48 64 80 0 50 100
Bypass
Bypass
valve valve
pressure
pressure
drop drop
FHD 051 Bypass valve pressure drop Bypass valve pressure drop
3.00 FHD 051
FHD 051 FHD 326
FHD-326
333- 333
12 12 FHD 326 15 15
FHD 326 - 333
3.00 FHD 051
12 15
2.00
8 8 10 10
2.00
∆p bar
∆p bar
8 10
1.00
4 4 5 5
1.00
4 5
100 0.00
00 0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 0
0 0 16 16 32 32 48 48 64 64 80 80 00 0 50 50 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 0
0 55 110 165 220 275
Flow rate l/min 0 16 32 rate l/min
Flow 48 64 80 0 50 100 1
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
FHD 326
3.00∆p varies proportionally with density.
2.00
1.00
275 0.00
0 55 110 165 220 275
2 175 184 224 230 245 249 147 162 199 201 225
FHD 333 3 204 217 241 245 247 252 179 196 221 224 238
4 216 224 242 247 253 255 196 204 223 225 239
Maximum flow rate for a complete pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B Style B
FHD 021 •
FHD 051 • •
FHD 326 • •
FHD 333 • •
OUT OUT OUT
IN IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHD021 4 S A G1 A06 H P01
FHD021
Length
2 3 4
Valves
S Without bypass
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
G1 G 1/2”
G2 1/2” NPT
G3 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
Filtration rating
Element ∆p Axx M25 Execution
N 20 bar • P01 MP Filtri standard
H 210 bar • Pxx Customized
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP011 4 A06 A H P01
HP011
Element length
2 3 4
Filtration rating
Seals Element ∆p Axx M25 Execution
A NBR N 20 bar • P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM H 210 bar • • Pxx Customized
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569
Connections R
G1 M6
G2 - G3 1/4” UNC
Connection for
differential indicator
IN T2 plug
OUT
OUT
Filter Filter
Recommended clearance
space for maintenance
R - depth 7 mm
Nr. 4 holes
IN
VENT
OUT
VENT VENT
A B
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FHD326 3 S A G1 M25 N P01
FHD051 FHD326 FHD333
Length FHD051 FHD326 FHD333
1 •
2 • • •
3 • • •
4 • •
5 •
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections FHD051 FHD326 FHD333
G1 G 3/4” G 1 1/4” -
G2 3/4” NPT 1 1/4” NPT -
G3 G 1/2” SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN -
G4 1/2” NPT - -
G5 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF - -
G6 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN - -
F1 - - 1 1/2” 6000 psi/M
F2 - - 1 1/2” 6000 psi/UNC
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP320 3 M25 A N P01
FHD051 FHD326 FHD333
HP050 •
HP320 • •
Element length HP050 HP320
1 •
2 • •
3 • •
4 • •
5 •
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEA Electrical differential indicator 565 DLE Electrical / visual differential indicator 568
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 565-566 DTA Electronic differential indicator 569
DEM Electrical differential indicator 566-567 DVA Visual differential indicator 569
DLA Electrical / visual differential indicator 567-568 DVM Visual differential indicator 569
Connections R
G1 M6
G2 1/4” UNC
G3 M6
G4-G5-G6 1/4” UNC
L L1 M
Valves [mm] [mm] [mm]
S 168 138 84
B 182.5 152.5 98.5
Connection for
differential indicator
IN T2 plug
OUT
OUT
BALANCING
Filter Filter
Recommended clearance
space for maintenance
R - depth 7 mm
Nr. 4 holes
VENT
OUT
IN
VENT VENT
A B
Connections R
G1 M10
G2 - G3 3/8” UNC
Connection for
IN differential indicator
T2 plug
OUT
OUT
BALANCING
Filter Filter
Recommended clearance
space for maintenance
R - depth 11 mm
Nr. 4 holes
IN
VENT
OUT
VENT VENT
A B
Connections R
F1 M10
F2 3/8” UNC
Connection for
differential indicator
IN T2 plug
142
OUT
OUT
BALANCING
Filter Filter
Recommended clearance
space for maintenance
R - depth 11 mm
Nr. 4 holes
IN
VENT
OUT
VENT VENT
A B
Connection for
IN differential indicator
T2 plug
142
OUT
OUT
BALANCING
Filter Filter
Drain plug
Recommended clearance
space for maintenance
R - depth 11 mm
Nr. 4 holes
IN
VENT
OUT
VENT VENT
A B
4
3d
3e
3g
3a
3b
3c
3c
3b
3f
Clogging indicators
OUT OUT OUT
2 2
1 1
3 3
Differential indicators
IN IN IN
Introduction
Filter elements are efficient only if their Dirt Holding Capacity is fully exploited. These type of devices can be provided with a visual, electrical or both signals.
This is achieved by using filter housings equipped with clogging indicators.
The electronic model (only available for differential type indicators)
These devices trip when the clogging of the filter element causes an increase with warning signals (75% of clogging) and alarm (clogging).
OUT OUT OUT
in pressure drop across the filter element.
The indicator is set to alarm before the element becomes fully clogged.
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Hazardous
E
53
50
3
2 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
Electrical data
A/F 30 - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
Max tightening - Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
torque: 65 N∙m
2
1
1
3 2
Electrical data
- Certification / Approvals: - Current Ratings: 24v DC 830mA - 110v AC 180mA
ATEX, IECEx, TRCU, INMETRO - Electrical Ratings: Ui 30V - Li 250mA - Pi 1.3W
- Certification included
as standard
75
- Certification included
60
as standard
1
60
1
3 - Degree protection: 1 IP66 according to EN 60529 1
Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Superseal series 1.5
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
- Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
- Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
A/F 28
Max tightening
75
torque: 65 N∙m
60
2
1
1
3 2 C
2 DEM*20 Hydraulic
2 symbol
3
Materials 2
4
Electrical Differential Indicator - Body: Brass A
5
1 1 - Base: Black
1
Nylon B
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
5 bar ±10% DE M 50 x x 120 P01 1 2
- Seal: HNBR - FPM
3
7 bar ±10% DE M 70 x x 20 P01
9.5 bar ±10% DE M 95 x x 20 P01 Technical data
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
Electrical symbol - Proof pressure: 630 bar
C
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
2 2 - Working temperature: 2 From -25 °C to +110 °C
Thermal lockout - Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids A
2
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
75
1 B
1 1 1
60
Electrical data
- Electrical connection: AMP Time junior
A/F 28 - Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
Max tightening - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
torque: 65 N∙m
- Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
2
1
1
3 2
75
60
3
B
1 1
Electrical data
- Electrical connection: Deutsch DT-04-2-P
- Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
A/F 28 - Switching type: Normally open contacts (NC on request)
Max tightening - Thermal lockout: Normally open up to 30 °C (option “F”)
torque: 65 N∙m
2
75
1
1
3 2
1
3 - Degree protection: IP66 according to EN 60529
B
1
Electrical data
53
53
50
DLA*51
C - DLA*52 Hydraulic symbol Materials
3
4
Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
5
A - Base: Transparent Nylon
Settings
B Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
5 bar ±10% DL A 50 x A xx P01 1 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
7 bar ±10% DL A 70 x A xx P01 3
50
1 1
2
- Degree protection: 1IP66 according to EN 60529
2 2 1
1 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 2
Electrical data 3 5
A/F 30
Max tightening - Electrical connection:
4 EN 175301-803
torque: 65 N∙m - Type 5 51 52
- Lamps 24 Vdc 110 Vdc
- Resistive load: 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc
50
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS 1
2
1 2
Dimensions 3
GREEN
LAMP
RED
LAMP
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
2 1 IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 3 1
3 2
1 A/F 30 1 Electrical data 3
2 Max tightening 2 2 - Electrical connection:
4
IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
torque: 65 N∙m 1 - Lamps 5 24 Vdc
5 3 - Resistive load: 0.4 A / 24 Vdc
59 58
58
Electrical/Visual Differential Indicator
- Base: Black Nylon
2
Settings Ordering code 1
- Contacts: 1 Silver
5 bar ±10% DL E 50 x A 50 P01 3 - Seal: 2 HNBR - FPM
74 bar ±10% DL E 70 x A 50 P01 3
9.5 bar ±10% DL E 95 x A 50 P01 Technical data 4
- Max working pressure:
5 420 bar
3 59 - Proof pressure: 58 630 bar
1
2 - Burst pressure: 1260 bar
1 1 - Working
2 temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
2 3
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
5 HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
Electrical symbol - Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
58
58
3
3 Electrical data
1 - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803 1
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
2 2 2
- Available the connector with lamps
1
A/F 32
3
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m
59 58
3
Settings Ordering code 2 - Contacts: Silver
51bar ±10% DL E 50 x F 50 P01 1 1- Seal: 1 HNBR - FPM
2
72bar ±10% DL E 70 x F 50 P01 3
2
9.5 bar ±10% DL E 95 x F 50 P01 Technical data 3
4
- Max working pressure: 420 bar
58 - Proof pressure:5 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Working temperature: From -25 °C to +110 °C
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
Electrical symbol
58
3 Electrical data
Thermal lockout - Electrical connections: EN 175301-803
- Resistive load: 5 A / 250 Vac
1
- Thermal lockout setting: +30 °C
A/F 32 2
Max tightening
torque: 95 N∙m
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
3
Dimensions
47
39
Electronic Differential Indicator - Body: Brass
2
- Internal parts: Brass - Nylon
Settings Ordering code 1 - Contacts: Silver Industry 4.0
1 READY
5 bar ±10% DT A 50 x x 70 P01
3 2 - Seal: HNBR - FPM
7 bar ±10% DT A 70 x x 70 P01 3
9.5 bar ±10% DT A 95 x x 70 P01 4 Technical data
5 - Max working pressure: 420 bar
- Proof pressure: 630 bar
- Burst pressure: 1260 bar
- Compatibility with fluids: Mineral oils, Synthetic fluids
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP67 according to EN 60529
47
Electrical symbol
39
Electrical data
34
1 +24 Vdc - Electrical connection: IEC 61076-2-101 D (M12)
- Power supply: 24 Vdc
2 4 ÷ 20 mA
A/F 30 - Analogue output: From 4 to 20 mA
75% - N.O.
Max tightening 3 Digital output - Thermal lockout: 30 °C (all output signals stalled up to 30 °C)
torque: 50 N∙m 100% - N.O.
4 Digital output
5 0 Vdc
34
1 2
3
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
A/F 28
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m
2
1
3
A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m
2
1
3
T2 Materials
Indicator plug - Body: Phosphatized steel
- Seal: HNBR / FPM
Seal Ordering code
HNBR T2 H
FPM T2 V
A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 50 N∙m
Type DE DL DT DV
A Standard type • • • A With automatic reset
M With wired electrical connection • M With manual reset
E For high power supply •
H Hazardous area •
FILTER SIZING
For the proper corrective factor Y see chapter at page 25
FZP series
Maximum working pressure up to 42 Mpa (420 bar) - Flow rate up to 150 l/min
Stainless steel high pressure filters Filter housing materials ∆p element type
- Head: AISI 316L Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
In-line
- Housing: AISI 316L Microfibre filter elements - series R: 20 bar.
Maximum working pressure up to 42 Mpa (420 bar)
- Bypass valve: AISI 316L Element series “R”:
Flow rate up to 150 l/min
- End cap: Nylon
FZP is a range of stainless steel high pressure filter for - Core tube: Tinned Steel
Seals - External/Internal support: Wire mesh Epox painted
protection of sensitive components in high pressure
- Standard NBR - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
hydraulic systems placed in difficult environmental
series A (-25 °C to +110 °C)
conditions.
- Optional FPM
They are directly connected to the lines of the system Microfibre filter elements - series S: 210 bar.
series V (-20 °C to +120 °C)
through the hydraulic fittings. Element series “S”:
- Optional MFQ
- End cap: Tinned Steel
series F (-50 °C to +120 °C)
Available features: - Core tube: Tinned Steel
- 1 1/4” female threaded connections, for a maximum - External support: Wire mesh Epox painted
flow rate of 150 l/min Bypass valve - Internal support: Wire mesh Stainless Steel
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into Opening pressure 6 bar ±10% - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
the system
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across Stainless Steel Microfibre filter elements
the filter media Temperature series U: 210 bar.
- Low collapse filter element with external support From -50 °C to +120 °C Element series “U”:
“R”, for filter element protection against the back - End cap: Stainless Steel
pressure caused by the check valve or the reverse - Core tube: Stainless Steel
flow in filters provided with the bypass valve Note - External support: Stainless Steel
- High collapse filter element with external support FZP filters are provided - Internal support: Stainless Steel
“S”, for filter element protection against the back for vertical mounting - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
pressure caused by the check valve or the reverse
flow in filters not provided with the bypass valve
- High collapse filter element “U”, for use with aggressive
fluids
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging
indicators
Common applications:
- Off-shore equipment
- Water filtration systems
- Systems with strong or corrosive environmental conditions
- Systems with corrosive fluids
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
0 0
GENERAL INFORMATION
0 0 16 16 32 32 48 48 64 64 80 80
0
0 FZP 16 32 48
Pressure drop
F
1.8 1.80.8 2.8
∆p bar
∆p bar
0.4 0.40.4 1.4
0 0 0 0
0 16 32 48 64 80 0 0 30 16 60 32 90 48 120 64 150 80 0 8 16 24
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
FZX 011 FZD 051
1.2
FZP 136 9 4.2 FZD 010 - 021 3
FZD 010
1.8 6 2.8 2
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B Style T Style D Style V Style Z
FZP 039 • • • • • •
FZP 136 • •
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
IN IN IN IN IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZP039 2 B F B 2 A03 U P01
FZP039
Length
2 3 4
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
V With reverse flow, without bypass
Z With reverse flow, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
F MFQ
Connections
A G 1/2”
B 1/2” NPT
C SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
Connections for differential indicators
1 Without
2 With connection
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm Valves
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm Element ∆p S B T D V Z Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm R 20 bar • • • P01 MP Filtri standard
S 210 bar • • • Pxx Customized
U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element • • • • • •
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP039 2 A03 F U P01
HP039
Element length
2 3 4
Valves
Seals Element ∆p S B T D V Z Execution
A NBR R 20 bar • • • P01 MP Filtri standard
V FPM S 210 bar • • • Pxx Customized
F MFQ U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element • • • • • •
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 630 DVX Visual differential indicator 631
DEX Electrical differential indicator 631 DVY Visual differential indicator 632
DLX Electrical / visual differential indicator 631
Additional features page
X2 Plug 632
Connections R
A M6
B-C 1/4” UNC
Connection for
differential indicator
X2 plug not included
IN OUT
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 4 holes
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZP136 1 B A B 6 A03 R P01
FZP136
Length
1 2 3
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
F MFQ
Connections
A G 3/4”
B 3/4” NPT
C SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
D G 1”
E 1” NPT
F SAE 16 - 1 5/16” - 12 UN
G G 1 1/4”
H 1 1/4” NPT
I SAE 20 - 1 5/8” - 12 UN
Connections for differential indicators
1 Without
6 With two connections on both sides
Filtration rating (filter media)
A03 Inorganic microfiber 3 µm
A06 Inorganic microfiber 6 µm
A10 Inorganic microfiber 10 µm
A16 Inorganic microfiber 16 µm Valves
Element ∆p S B Execution
A25 Inorganic microfiber 25 µm R 20 bar • P01 MP Filtri standard
S 210 bar • Pxx Customized
U 210 bar, stainless steel filter element • •
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP135 1 A03 A R P01
HP135
Element length
1 2 3
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 630 DVX Visual differential indicator 631
DEX Electrical differential indicator 631 DVY Visual differential indicator 632
DLX Electrical / visual differential indicator 631
Additional features page
X2 Plug 632
Connections R
A M10
B-C 3/8” UNC
D M10
E-F 3/8” UNC
G M10
H-I 3/8” UNC
IN OUT
Recommended
Connection for clearance space
differential indicator for maintenance
X2 plug
R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 4 holes
Connection for
differential indicator
X2 plug not included
4 4 3c 3d
3d
3e
3e 3d
3a 3g 3a
3b
3b
3c
3c
2
2
FZH series
Maximum working pressure up to 70 Mpa (700 bar) - Flow rate up to 50 l/min
Stainless steel high pressure filters Filter housing materials ∆p element type
In-line - Head: AISI 316L Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
Maximum working pressure up to 70 Mpa (700 bar) - Housing: AISI 316L Microfibre filter elements - series N-R: 20 bar.
Flow rate up to 50 l/min - Bypass valve: AISI 316L Element series “N - R”:
- End cap: Nylon
FZH is a range of stainless steel high pressure filter for - Core tube: Tinned Steel
Seals
protection of sensitive components in high pressure - External/Internal support: Wire mesh Epox painted
- Standard NBR - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
hydraulic systems placed in difficult environmental
series A (-25 °C to +110 °C)
conditions.
- Optional FPM
They are directly connected to the lines of the system Microfibre filter elements - series H-S: 210 bar.
series V (-20 °C to +120 °C)
through the hydraulic fittings. Element series “H - S”:
- Optional MFQ
- End cap: Tinned Steel
series F (-50 °C to +120 °C)
Available features: - Core tube: Tinned Steel
- 1/2” female threaded connections, for a maximum - External support: Wire mesh Epox painted
flow rate of 50 l/min Bypass valve - Internal support: Wire mesh Stainless Steel
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into Opening pressure 6 bar ±10% - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
the system
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across Stainless Steel Microfibre filter elements
the filter media Temperature series U: 210 bar.
- Low collapse filter element “N”, for use with filters From -50 °C to +120 °C Element series “U”:
provided with bypass valve - End cap: Stainless Steel
- High collapse filter element “H”, for use with filters not - Core tube: Stainless Steel
provided with bypass valve Note - External support: Stainless Steel
- Low collapse filter element with external support “R”, FZH filters are provided - Internal support: Stainless Steel
for filter element protection against the back pressure for vertical mounting - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
caused by the check valve or the reverse flow in filters
provided with the bypass valve
- High collapse filter element with external support “S”,
for filter element protection against the back pressure
caused by the check valve or the reverse flow in filters
not provided with the bypass valve
- High collapse filter element “U”, for use with aggressive
fluids
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging
indicators
Common applications:
- Off-shore equipment
- Water filtration systems
- Systems with strong or corrosive environmental conditions
- Systems with corrosive fluids
FZH
0
0 300 60
30 90
60 120
90 150
120 150
Flow rateFlow
l/minrate l/min
0
0 GENERAL INFORMATION
0
10
0 1020 20
30 30
40 4050 50
0
0
0
016 1632 32
48 48
64
Pressure drop
∆p bar
0.7 FZH 011 0.4 0.40.4 0.4 0.4
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 0 0
16 163216 48 32
32 64 48
48 648064 80 80 0 0
16 1632 48
32 48
64
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
1.2
FZP 039 - FZH 039 FZPFZM
FZP 136 1.2 136 039 FZD 010 - FZD
021 010 - 021
1.2 1.2 4.2 4.2
FZD 010 F
1.8 1.8 1.80.8 2.8 2.8
6 2
3 1
Hydraulic symbols
Filter0 series Style S Style B 0
Style T Style D Style V Style Z
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 20 40 60 80 100
FZH 010-011 • • • •
FZH 039 • • • • • •
IN IN IN IN IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZH010 2 B F B 2 A03 U P01
FZH010 FZH011
Length
1 2 3 4
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
V With reverse flow, without bypass
Z With reverse flow, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
F MFQ
Connections
A G 1/4”
B 1/4” NPT
C SAE 5 - 1/2” - 20 UNF
D G 3/8”
E 3/8” NPT
F SAE 6 - 9/16” - 18 UNF
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP011 2 A03 F U P01
HP011
Element length
1 2 3 4
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 630 DVX Visual differential indicator 631
DEX Electrical differential indicator 631 DVY Visual differential indicator 632
DLX Electrical / visual differential indicator 631
Additional features page
X2 Plug 632
13 13
length [mm]
IN OUT 1 92
2 103
3 153
4 203
Connections R
A M6
B-C 1/4” UNC
D M6
E-F 1/4” UNC
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 3 holes
Connection for
differential indicator
X2 plug not included
FZH011
OUT Filter H
length [mm]
1 92
2 103
13 13
IN 3 153
4 203
Connections R
A M6
B-C 1/4” UNC
D M6
E-F 1/4” UNC
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 3 holes
Connection for
differential indicator
X2 plug not included
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZH039 2 T A A 2 A03 S P01
FZH039
Length
2 3 4
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
V With reverse flow, without bypass
Z With reverse flow, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
F MFQ
Connections
A G 1/2”
B 1/2” NPT
C SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP039 2 A03 A S P01
HP039
Element length
2 3 4
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 630 DVX Visual differential indicator 631
DEX Electrical differential indicator 631 DVY Visual differential indicator 632
DLX Electrical / visual differential indicator 631
Additional features page
X2 Plug 632
Connections R
Connection for
differential indicator A M10
X2 plug not included B-C 3/8” UNC
IN OUT
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 12 mm
Nr. 4 holes
3d
3e
4 3d 3e
3a
3a 3b
3b 3c
3c 2
FZX series
Maximum working pressure up to 100 Mpa (1000 bar) - Flow rate up to 10 l/min
Stainless steel high pressure filters Filter housing materials ∆p element type
In-line - Head: AISI 316L Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
Maximum working pressure up to 100 Mpa (1000 bar) - Housing: AISI 316L Microfibre filter elements - series H: 210 bar.
Flow rate up to 10 l/min - Bypass valve: AISI 316L Element series “H”:
- End cap: Tinned Steel
FZX is a range of stainless steel high pressure filter for - Core tube: Tinned Steel
Seals
protection of sensitive components in high pressure - External support: Wire mesh Epox painted
- Standard NBR - Internal support: Wire mesh Stainless Steel
hydraulic systems placed in difficult environmental
series A (-25 °C to +110 °C) - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
conditions.
- Optional FPM
They are directly connected to the lines of the system
series V (-20 °C to +120 °C)
through the hydraulic fittings. Stainless Steel Microfibre filter elements
- Optional MFQ
series U: 210 bar.
series F (-50 °C to +120 °C)
Available features: Element series “U”:
- 1/2” female threaded connections, for a maximum - End cap: Stainless Steel
flow rate of 10 l/min Bypass valve - Core tube: Stainless Steel
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into Opening pressure 6 bar ±10% - External support: Stainless Steel
the system - Internal support: Stainless Steel
- High collapse filter element “H”, for use with filters not - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
provided with bypass valve Temperature
- High collapse filter element “U”, for use with aggressive From -50 °C to +120 °C
fluids
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging
indicators Note
FZX filters are provided
Common applications: for vertical mounting
- Off-shore equipment
- Water filtration systems
- Systems with strong or corrosive environmental conditions
- Systems with corrosive fluids
0
0 30 60 90 120 150
0
GENERAL INFORMATION
0 8 16 24 32 40 FZX
Pressure drop
6 2
∆p bar
3 1
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 20 40 60 80 100
Flow rate l/min
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
Maximum flow rate for a complete stainless steel high pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S
FZX 011 •
OUT
D.I.
IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZX011 3 S V B 1 A03 U P01
FZX011
Length
3
Valves
S Without bypass
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
F MFQ
Connections
700 bar
A G 1/4”
B 1/4” NPT
G G 1/2”
H 1/2” NPT”
Autoclave 20 000 psi
M 9/16” - 18 UNF
L 3/4” - 14 NPS
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP011 3 A03 V U P01
HP011
Element length
3
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 4 holes
FZX011
Connection M - L - N - P
Connections R
IN OUT M-L M8
N -P 5/16” UNC
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
R - depth 15 mm
Nr. 4 holes
3b
3c
3a
FZM series
Maximum working pressure up to 32 Mpa (320 bar) - Flow rate up to 70 l/min
Stainless steel high pressure filters Filter housing materials ∆p element type
Manifold - Head: AISI 316L Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
Maximum working pressure up to 32 Mpa (320 bar) - Housing: AISI 316L Microfibre filter elements - series R: 20 bar.
Flow rate up to 70 l/min - Bypass valve: AISI 316L Element series “R”:
- End cap: Nylon
FZM is a range of stainless steel high pressure filter - Core tube: Tinned Steel
Seals
for protection of sensitive components in high pressure - External/Internal support: Wire mesh Epox painted
- Standard NBR - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
hydraulic systems placed in difficult environmental
series A (-25 °C to +110 °C)
conditions.
- Optional FPM
They are directly connected to the top of the manifold, Microfibre filter elements - series S: 210 bar.
series V (-20 °C to +120 °C)
through the proper flanged interface. Element series “S”:
- Optional MFQ
- End cap: Tinned Steel
series F (-50 °C to +120 °C)
Available features: - Core tube: Tinned Steel
- Manifold connections up to Ø15 mm, for a maximum - External support: Wire mesh Epox painted
flow rate of 70 l/min Bypass valve - Internal support: Wire mesh Stainless Steel
- ISO 4401 CETOP 3 and CETOP 5 interface, for direct Opening pressure 6 bar ±10% - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
mounting on the CETOP valves.
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into Stainless Steel Microfibre filter elements
the system Temperature series U: 210 bar.
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across From -50 °C to +120 °C Element series “U”:
the filter media - End cap: Stainless Steel
- Low collapse filter element with external support - Core tube: Stainless Steel
“R”, for filter element protection against the back Note - External support: Stainless Steel
pressure caused by the check valve or the reverse FZM filters are provided - Internal support: Stainless Steel
flow in filters provided with the bypass valve for vertical mounting - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
- High collapse filter element with external support
“S”, for filter element protection against the back
pressure caused by the check valve or the reverse
flow in filters not provided with the bypass valve
- High collapse filter element “U”, for use with aggressive
fluids
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging
indicators
Common applications:
- Off-shore equipment
- Water filtration systems
- Systems with strong or corrosive environmental conditions
- Systems with corrosive fluids
50
0
0 16 32 48 64 80 GENERAL INFORMATION FZM
Pressure drop
0.8
∆p bar
0.4
0
80 0 16 32 48 64 80
Flow rate l/min
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
FZD 010 - 021
4.2
FZD 010
2.8
0
10 0 20 40 60 80 100
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B
FZM 039 • •
OUT OUT
D.I. D.I.
IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZM039 2 S A M 1 A10 H P01
FZM039
Length
2 3 4
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
F MFQ
Connections
M Manifold
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP039 3 A10 A S P01
HP039
Element length
2 3 4
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 630 DVX Visual differential indicator 631
DEX Electrical differential indicator 631 DVY Visual differential indicator 632
DLX Electrical / visual differential indicator 631
Additional features page
X2 Plug 632
OUT IN
Connection for
differential indicator
Bypass plug X2 plug not included
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
Nr. 4 holes
3n 3h 5
3e
3d
3a
3b
3c
FZB series
Maximum working pressure up to 32 Mpa (320 bar) - Flow rate up to 75 l/min
Stainless steel high pressure filters Filter housing materials ∆p element type
Manifold - Head: AISI 316L Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
Maximum working pressure up to 32 Mpa (320 bar) - Housing: AISI 316L Microfibre filter elements - series R: 20 bar.
Flow rate up to 75 l/min - Bypass valve: AISI 316L Element series “R”:
- End cap: Nylon
FZB is a range of stainless steel high pressure filter for - Core tube: Tinned Steel
Seals
protection of sensitive components in high pressure - External/Internal support: Wire mesh Epox painted
- Standard NBR - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
hydraulic systems placed in difficult environmental
series A (-25 °C to +110 °C)
conditions.
- Optional FPM
They are directly connected to the side of the manifold, Microfibre filter elements - series S: 210 bar.
series V (-20 °C to +120 °C)
through the proper flanged interface. Element series “S”:
- Optional MFQ
- End cap: Tinned Steel
series F (-50 °C to +120 °C)
Available features: - Core tube: Tinned Steel
- Manifold connections up to Ø16 mm, for a maximum - External support: Wire mesh Epox painted
flow rate of 75 l/min Bypass valve - Internal support: Wire mesh Stainless Steel
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into Opening pressure 6 bar ±10% - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
the system
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across Stainless Steel Microfibre filter elements
the filter media Temperature series U: 210 bar.
- Low collapse filter element with external support From -50 °C to +120 °C Element series “U”:
“R”, for filter element protection against the back - End cap: Stainless Steel
pressure caused by the check valve or the reverse - Core tube: Stainless Steel
flow in filters provided with the bypass valve Note - External support: Stainless Steel
- High collapse filter element with external support FZB filters are provided - Internal support: Stainless Steel
“S”, for filter element protection against the back for vertical mounting - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
pressure caused by the check valve or the reverse
flow in filters not provided with the bypass valve
- High collapse filter element “U”, for use with aggressive
fluids
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging
indicators
Common applications:
- Off-shore equipment
- Water filtration systems
- Systems with strong or corrosive environmental conditions
- Systems with corrosive fluids
1.8
∆p bar
0.4
0
50 0 16 32 48 64 80
Flow rate l/min
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
FZM 039
1.2
0.8
0.4
0
150 0 8 16 24 32 40
FZD 051
3
Hydraulic symbols
Filter2 series Style S Style B Style T Style D
FZB 039 • • • •
1
OUT OUT OUT OUT
0
10 0 20 40 60 80 100
D.I. D.I. D.I. D.I.
IN IN IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZB039 2 T A F 2 A06 S P01
FZB039
Length
2 3 4
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
T With check valve, without bypass
D With check valve, with bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
F MFQ
Connections
F Manifold
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP039 2 A06 A S P01
HP039
Element length
2 3 4
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 630 DVX Visual differential indicator 631
DEX Electrical differential indicator 631 DVY Visual differential indicator 632
DLX Electrical / visual differential indicator 631
Additional features page
X2 Plug 632
Connection for
differential indicator
X2 plug not included
Nr. 2 holes
OUT
IN
Recommended
clearance space
for maintenance
3d
3e
5
3h
3m
3n 3a
3b
3c
FZD series
Maximum working pressure up to 35 Mpa (350 bar) - Flow rate up to 90 l/min
Stainless steel high pressure filters Filter housing materials ∆p element type
Duplex - Head: AISI 316L Fluid flow through the filter element from OUT to IN
Maximum working pressure up to 35 Mpa (350 bar) - Housing: AISI 316L Microfibre filter elements - series R: 20 bar.
Flow rate up to 90 l/min - Bypass valve: AISI 316L Element series “R”:
- End cap: Nylon
FZD is a range of stainless steel high pressure duplex - Core tube: Tinned Steel
Seals
filter with integrated changeover function to allow the - External/Internal support: Wire mesh Epox painted
- Standard NBR - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
filter element replacement without the system shut-down.
series A (-25 °C to +110 °C)
They are directly connected to the lines of the system
- Optional FPM
through the hydraulic fittings. Microfibre filter elements - series H-S: 210 bar.
series V (-20 °C to +120 °C)
Element series “H - S”:
- Optional MFQ
Available features: - End cap: Tinned Steel
series F (-50 °C to +120 °C)
- Female threaded connections up to 3/4”, for a maximum - Core tube: Tinned Steel
flow rate of 90 l/min - External support: Wire mesh Epox painted
- Fine filtration rating, to get a good cleanliness level into Bypass valve - Internal support: Wire mesh Stainless Steel
the system Opening pressure 6 bar ±10% - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
- Balancing valve integrated in the changeover lever,
to equalize the housing pressure before the switch. Stainless Steel Microfibre filter elements
- Bypass valve, to relieve excessive pressure drop across Temperature series U: 210 bar.
the filter media From -50 °C to +120 °C Element series “U”:
- Vent ports, to avoid air trapped into the filter going into - End cap: Stainless Steel
the system - Core tube: Stainless Steel
- Drain ports, to remove the fluid from the housing prior Note - External support: Stainless Steel
the maintenance work FZD filters are provided - Internal support: Stainless Steel
- High collapse filter element “H”, for use with filters not for vertical mounting - Media/Support/Pre-filter: Microfibre/Syntetic
provided with bypass valve
- Low collapse filter element with external support “R”,
for filter element protection against the back pressure
caused by the check valve or the reverse flow in filters
provided with the bypass valve
- High collapse filter element with external support “S”,
for filter element protection against the back pressure
caused by the check valve or the reverse flow in filters
not provided with the bypass valve
- High collapse filter element “U”, for use with aggressive
fluids
- Visual, electrical and electronic differential clogging
indicators
Common applications:
- System where shut-down causes high costs
- System where shut-down causes safety issues
80
0 0
0 0 30 16 60 32 90 48 120 64 150 80
0
GENERAL INFORMATION
0 8 16 24 32 40
FZD
Pressure drop
FZD 010
6 2.8 2
∆p bar
∆p bar
3 1.4 FZD 021 1
00 0
150 0 0 2 8 4 16 6 24 8 32 10 40 0 20 40 60 80 100
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min
The curves are plotted using mineral oil with density of 0.86 kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968.
∆p varies proportionally with density.
FZD 051
3
2 5 6 11 12 16 5 6 11 12 16
FZD 021 3 9 11 16 18 20 9 11 16 18 20
4 10 12 17 19 21 10 12 17 19 21
Filter element design - R Series Filter element design - S Series Filter element design - U Series
Filter series Length
A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
A03 A06 A10 A16 A25
2 39 41 51 54 59 35 37 48 51 58 35 37 48 51 58
3 45 46 54 56 61 41 43 52 54 60 41 43 52 54 60
FZD 051
4 50 52 58 58 62 47 49 56 56 61 47 49 56 56 61
5 56 57 61 62 63 53 53 57 59 63 53 53 57 59 63
Maximum flow rate for a complete stainless steel high pressure filter with a pressure drop ∆p = 1.5 bar.
The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s (cSt) and a density of 0.86 kg/dm3.
For different pressure drop or fluid viscosity we recommend to use our selection software available on www.mpfiltri.com.
Please, contact our Sales Department for further additional information.
Hydraulic symbols
Filter series Style S Style B
FZD 010 •
FZD 021 •
FZD 051 • •
OUT OUT
D.I. D.I.
IN IN
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZD021 4 S A G1 A06 H P01
FZD010 FZD021
Valves
S Without bypass
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP011 4 A06 A H P01
FZD010 FZD021
HP010 •
HP011 •
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 630 DVX Visual differential indicator 631
DEX Electrical differential indicator 631 DVY Visual differential indicator 632
DLX Electrical / visual differential indicator 631
Additional features page
X2 Plug 632
OUT
IN
WORKING FILTER
FILTER
Filter Filter
Recommended clearance
space for maintenance
M6 - depth 10 mm
Nr. 4 holes
OUT
VENT
OUT
Connection for
differential indicator
X2 plug not included
Connections R
G1 M6
G2 - G3 1/4” UNC
Connection for
differential indicator
IN X2 plug
OUT
OUT
Filter Filter
Recommended clearance
space for maintenance
R - depth 7 mm
Nr. 4 holes
IN
VENT
OUT
VENT VENT
A B
COMPLETE FILTER
Series and size Configuration example: FZD051 3 B A G3 A03 U P01
FZD051
Length
2 3 4 5
Valves
S Without bypass
B With bypass 6 bar
Seals
A NBR
V FPM
Connections
G1 G 3/4”
G2 3/4” NPT
G3 G 1/2”
G4 1/2” NPT
G5 SAE 8 - 3/4” - 16 UNF
G6 SAE 12 - 1 1/16” - 12 UN
FILTER ELEMENT
Element series and size Configuration example: HP050 3 A03 A U P01
HP050
Element length
2 3 4 5
ACCESSORIES
Differential indicators page page
DEH Hazardous area electronic differential indicator 630 DVX Visual differential indicator 631
DEX Electrical differential indicator 631 DVY Visual differential indicator 632
DLX Electrical / visual differential indicator 631
Additional features page
X2 Plug 632
Connections R
G1 M6
G2 1/4” UNC
G3 M6
G4-G5-G6 1/4” UNC
L L1 M
Valves [mm] [mm] [mm]
S 168 138 84
B 182.5 152.5 98.5
Connection for
IN differential indicator
X2 plug
OUT
OUT
BALANCING
Filter Filter
Recommended clearance
space for maintenance
R - depth 7 mm
Nr. 4 holes
VENT
OUT
IN
VENT VENT
A B
3d
3g
3e
3g
3e
3d
4
3a
3a
3b
3b
3c
3c
2
2
3f
3f
2 2
1 1
3 3
Differential indicators
IN IN IN
Introduction
Filter elements are efficient only if their Dirt Holding Capacity is fully exploited.
This is achieved by using filter housings equipped with clogging indicators.
These devices trip when the clogging of the filter element causes an increase
in pressure drop across the filter element. OUT OUT OUT
The indicator is set to alarm before the element becomes fully clogged.
These type of devices can be provided with a visual, electrical or both signals.
DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS
Hazardous
E
Electrical data
- Certification / Approvals: - Current Ratings: 24v DC 830mA - 110v AC 180mA
ATEX, IECEx, TRCU, INMETRO - Electrical Ratings: Ui 30V - Li 250mA - Pi 1.3W
- Certification included
as standard
53
50
3
2 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
53
53
50
Electrical data
A/F 30 - Electrical connection: EN 175301-803
Max tightening - Resistive load: 0.2 A / 115 Vdc
torque: 65 N∙m
2
1 1 2
3
2
1
1
3 2
50
1 1
2
- Degree protection: 1IP66 according to EN 60529
2 2 1
1 2
IP69K according to ISO 20653
3 2
Electrical data 3 5
A/F 30
Max tightening - Electrical connection:
4 EN 175301-803
torque: 65 N∙m - Type 5 51 52
- Lamps 24 Vdc 110 Vdc
- Resistive load: 1 A / 24 Vdc 1 A / 110 Vdc
34
1 2
3
1
HFA, HFB, HFC according to ISO 2943
- Degree protection: IP65 according to EN 60529
A/F 28
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m
2
1
3
A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 65 N∙m
2
1
3
X2 Materials
- Body: AISI 316L
Indicator plug
- Seal: HNBR / MFQ
Seal Ordering code
HNBR X2 H
MFQ X2 F
2
1
1
3 2
3
4
A/F30 10 5
A/F 30
Max tightening
torque: 50 N∙m
Type DE DL DV
H Hazardous area •
X Standard type • • •
Y Optional type •
Pressure setting
50 5 bar
70 7 bar
95 9.5 bar
Thermostat
A Without
These type of devices can be provided with a visual, electrical or both signals.
The electronic differential pressure clogging indicator is also available.
It provides both analogical 4-20 mA output and digital warning (75% of clogging)
and alarm (clogging) outputs.
Clogging indicators
2 2
1 1
3 3
2 2
1 1
3 3
IN IN IN
OUT OUT OUT
VACUUM INDICATORS
Vacuum indicators are used on the Suction line to check the efficiency 1
2
1
2
of the filter element. 3 3
OUT 2
OUT 2
OUT
1 1
BAROMETRIC INDICATORS 3 3
IN IN IN
2 2
1 1
3 3
IN IN IN
2
2 2 1
IN 1 IN 1 IN 3
3 3
IN IN IN
VLA21AA51P01
FILTERS
VLB21AA51P01
Suction VVB16P01 VLB21AA52P01
MRSX 116 - 165 - 166 VEB21AA50P01 VLB21AA53P01
line VVS16P01
FILTERS
VLB21AA71P01
BEA25HA50P01 BLA25HA51P01
BVA25P01
BEM25HA41P01 BLA25HA52P01
Return MRSX 116 - 165 - 166 BVR25P01
BET25HF10P01 BLA25HA53P01
line LMP 124 MULTIPORT BVP20HP01
BET25HF30P01 BLA25HA71P01
BVQ20HP01
BET25HF50P01
VLB21AA51P01
Suction MPS 050 - 070 - 100 - 150 VVB16P01 VLB21AA52P01
VEB21AA50P01 VLB21AA53P01
line MPS 200 - 250 - 300 - 350 VVS16P01
VLB21AA71P01
BVA14P01 BLA15HA51P01
SPIN-ON
FILTERS
DVM20xP01 DEM20xAxxP01
valve LMP 902 - 903 DLE20xA50P01
LOW & MEDIUM
With
FZX 011 DVX50xP01 DLX50xA51P01 DEH50xA70P01
bypass DEX50xA50P01
FZB 039 DVY50xP01 DLX50xA52P01 DEH70xA48P01
FILTERS
valve
FZM 039 DEH70xA49P01
FZD 051 DEH70xA70P01
FZH 010 - 011 - 039 DEH50xA48P01
Without FZP 039 - 136 DEH50xA49P01
DVX70xP01 DLX70xA51P01 DEH50xA70P01
bypass FZB 039 DEX70xA50P01
DVY70xP01 DLX70xA52P01 DEH70xA48P01
valve FZM 039
FZD 010 - 021 - 051 DEH70xA49P01
DEH70xA70P01
640
WORLDWIDE NETWORK
HEADQUARTERS
MP Filtri S.p.A.
Pessano con Bornago
Milano - Italy
+39 02 957031
sales@mpfiltri.it
BRANCH OFFICES
ITALFILTRI LLC MP Filtri India Pvt. Ltd.
Moscow - Russia Bangalore - India
+7 (495) 220 94 60 +91 80 4147 7444 / +91 80 4146 1444
mpfiltrirussia@yahoo.com sales@mpfiltri.co.in
PASSION TO PERFORM
EN - Rev. 09-2019
CMPEN001G
mpfiltri.com